Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

x

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2014

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission File Number: 1-31987

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland

 

84-1477939

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

200 Crescent Court, Suite 1330

 

 

Dallas, TX

 

75201

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(214) 855-2177

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x   No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x   No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

x

 

Accelerated filer

 

o

Non-accelerated filer

 

o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company

 

o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o   No x

 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding at July 29, 2014 was 90,182,915.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

FORM 10-Q

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED JUNE 30, 2014

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

Item 1.

Financial Statements.

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

3

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

4

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

5

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

6

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

7

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

8

 

 

 

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

50

 

 

 

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

81

 

 

 

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

83

 

 

 

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

84

 

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

84

 

 

 

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

87

 

 

 

Item 6.

Exhibits

87

 

2



Table of Contents

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

673,972

 

$

713,099

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

14,813

 

32,924

 

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Trading, at fair value

 

61,663

 

58,846

 

Available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $1,205,912 and $1,256,862, respectively)

 

1,201,778

 

1,203,143

 

Held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $65,631)

 

65,275

 

 

 

 

1,328,716

 

1,261,989

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

1,410,873

 

1,089,039

 

Non-covered loans, net of unearned income

 

3,714,837

 

3,514,646

 

Allowance for non-covered loan losses

 

(36,431

)

(33,241

)

Non-covered loans, net

 

3,678,406

 

3,481,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered loans, net of allowance of $4,115 and $1,061, respectively

 

840,898

 

1,005,308

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables

 

190,764

 

119,317

 

Insurance premiums receivable

 

27,957

 

25,597

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs

 

22,027

 

20,991

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

201,545

 

200,706

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

175,114

 

188,291

 

Covered other real estate owned

 

142,174

 

142,833

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

35,877

 

20,149

 

Other assets

 

336,199

 

279,745

 

Goodwill

 

251,808

 

251,808

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

65,305

 

70,921

 

Total assets

 

$

9,396,448

 

$

8,904,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

1,829,072

 

$

1,773,749

 

Interest-bearing

 

4,326,238

 

4,949,169

 

Total deposits

 

6,155,310

 

6,722,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization payables

 

227,891

 

129,678

 

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

 

35,146

 

27,468

 

Unearned insurance premiums

 

94,611

 

88,422

 

Short-term borrowings

 

1,187,193

 

342,087

 

Notes payable

 

55,584

 

56,327

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

67,012

 

67,012

 

Other liabilities

 

176,539

 

158,288

 

Total liabilities

 

7,999,286

 

7,592,200

 

Commitments and contingencies (see Notes 11 and 12)

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Hilltop stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; Series B, liquidation value per share of $1,000; 114,068 shares issued and outstanding

 

114,068

 

114,068

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 125,000,000 and 100,000,000 shares authorized; 90,180,699 and 90,175,688 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

 

902

 

902

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

1,387,883

 

1,388,641

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(2,501

)

(34,863

)

Accumulated deficit

 

(103,910

)

(157,607

)

Total Hilltop stockholders’ equity

 

1,396,442

 

1,311,141

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

720

 

781

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

1,397,162

 

1,311,922

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

9,396,448

 

$

8,904,122

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, including fees

 

$

92,204

 

$

65,213

 

$

171,948

 

$

130,099

 

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

7,618

 

6,480

 

15,206

 

12,392

 

Tax-exempt

 

1,187

 

1,189

 

2,429

 

2,536

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

14

 

35

 

33

 

56

 

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

 

317

 

242

 

912

 

575

 

Other

 

3,068

 

3,009

 

5,708

 

5,114

 

Total interest income

 

104,408

 

76,168

 

196,236

 

150,772

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

3,096

 

3,406

 

6,855

 

6,856

 

Short-term borrowings

 

539

 

591

 

934

 

1,104

 

Notes payable

 

632

 

2,308

 

1,280

 

4,630

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

587

 

612

 

1,171

 

1,220

 

Other

 

1,108

 

826

 

2,129

 

1,276

 

Total interest expense

 

5,962

 

7,743

 

12,369

 

15,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

98,446

 

68,425

 

183,867

 

135,686

 

Provision for loan losses

 

5,533

 

11,289

 

8,775

 

24,294

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

92,913

 

57,136

 

175,092

 

111,392

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains from sale of loans and other mortgage production income

 

106,054

 

142,531

 

185,165

 

270,127

 

Mortgage loan origination fees

 

16,983

 

22,695

 

29,327

 

41,588

 

Net insurance premiums earned

 

40,777

 

38,590

 

81,096

 

76,063

 

Investment and securities advisory fees and commissions

 

22,264

 

25,964

 

43,599

 

47,973

 

Other

 

17,203

 

9,453

 

34,194

 

16,760

 

Total noninterest income

 

203,281

 

239,233

 

373,381

 

452,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees’ compensation and benefits

 

124,445

 

132,715

 

230,874

 

248,905

 

Loss and loss adjustment expenses

 

35,275

 

48,160

 

53,612

 

69,345

 

Policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses

 

11,652

 

11,627

 

23,339

 

22,430

 

Occupancy and equipment, net

 

25,762

 

20,154

 

52,100

 

39,566

 

Other

 

54,078

 

47,744

 

103,916

 

95,145

 

Total noninterest expense

 

251,212

 

260,400

 

463,841

 

475,391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

44,982

 

35,969

 

84,632

 

88,512

 

Income tax expense

 

16,294

 

13,309

 

30,648

 

32,479

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

28,688

 

22,660

 

53,984

 

56,033

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

177

 

568

 

287

 

868

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income attributable to Hilltop

 

28,511

 

22,092

 

53,697

 

55,165

 

Dividends on preferred stock

 

1,426

 

1,149

 

2,852

 

1,852

 

Income applicable to Hilltop common stockholders

 

$

27,085

 

$

20,943

 

$

50,845

 

$

53,313

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.56

 

$

0.64

 

Diluted

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.56

 

$

0.61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average share information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

89,709

 

83,490

 

89,708

 

83,489

 

Diluted

 

90,569

 

90,294

 

90,576

 

90,125

 

 

 See accompanying notes.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Net income

 

$

28,688

 

$

22,660

 

$

53,984

 

$

56,033

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of tax of $7,638, $(15,249), $17,221 and $(14,776)

 

13,553

 

(28,320

)

32,362

 

(27,441

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

42,241

 

(5,660

)

86,346

 

28,592

 

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

177

 

568

 

287

 

868

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) applicable to Hilltop

 

$

42,064

 

$

(6,228

)

$

86,059

 

$

27,724

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

Other

 

 

 

Hilltop

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-in

 

Comprehensive

 

Accumulated

 

Stockholders’

 

Noncontrolling

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Income (Loss)

 

Deficit

 

Equity

 

Interest

 

Equity

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

114

 

$

114,068

 

83,487

 

$

835

 

$

1,304,448

 

$

8,094

 

$

(282,949

)

$

1,144,496

 

$

2,054

 

$

1,146,550

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,165

 

55,165

 

868

 

56,033

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

(27,441

)

 

(27,441

)

 

(27,441

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

480

 

 

 

480

 

 

480

 

Common stock issued to board members

 

 

 

4

 

 

47

 

 

 

47

 

 

47

 

Issuance of restricted common stock

 

 

 

465

 

5

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

(1,852

)

 

 

(1,852

)

 

(1,852

)

Cash distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,017

)

(2,017

)

Balance, June 30, 2013

 

114

 

$

114,068

 

83,956

 

$

840

 

$

1,303,118

 

$

(19,347

)

$

(227,784

)

$

1,170,895

 

$

905

 

$

1,171,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

114

 

$

114,068

 

90,176

 

$

902

 

$

1,388,641

 

$

(34,863

)

$

(157,607

)

$

1,311,141

 

$

781

 

$

1,311,922

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,697

 

53,697

 

287

 

53,984

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,362

 

 

32,362

 

 

32,362

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,979

 

 

 

1,979

 

 

1,979

 

Common stock issued to board members

 

 

 

5

 

 

115

 

 

 

115

 

 

115

 

Dividends on preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

(2,852

)

 

 

(2,852

)

 

(2,852

)

Cash distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(348

)

(348

)

Balance, June 30, 2014

 

114

 

$

114,068

 

90,181

 

$

902

 

$

1,387,883

 

$

(2,501

)

$

(103,910

)

$

1,396,442

 

$

720

 

$

1,397,162

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

53,984

 

$

56,033

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

8,775

 

24,294

 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net

 

(48,612

)

(18,032

)

Deferred income taxes

 

4,842

 

(11,528

)

Other, net

 

2,191

 

533

 

Net change in securities purchased under resale agreements

 

 

(3,237

)

Net change in trading securities

 

(2,817

)

57,256

 

Net change in broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables

 

(146,643

)

(76,430

)

Net change in other assets

 

(28,818

)

34,972

 

Net change in broker-dealer and clearing organization payables

 

177,748

 

17,281

 

Net change in loss and loss adjustment expense reserve

 

7,678

 

8,446

 

Net change in unearned insurance premiums

 

6,189

 

7,813

 

Net change in other liabilities

 

4,645

 

(37,247

)

Net gains from sale of loans

 

(185,165

)

(270,127

)

Loans originated for sale

 

(4,927,983

)

(6,545,177

)

Proceeds from loans sold

 

4,782,239

 

6,769,795

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

(291,747

)

14,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of securities held to maturity

 

911

 

 

Proceeds from sales, maturities and principal reductions of securities available for sale

 

97,867

 

96,069

 

Purchases of securities held to maturity

 

(66,207

)

 

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

(47,557

)

(223,570

)

Net change in loans

 

68,552

 

(51,027

)

Purchases of premises and equipment and other assets

 

(19,815

)

(11,417

)

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment and other real estate owned

 

38,281

 

4,859

 

Net cash paid for Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock

 

(31,440

)

(21,219

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

40,592

 

(206,305

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in deposits

 

(647,143

)

(179,826

)

Net change in short-term borrowings

 

845,106

 

275,554

 

Proceeds from notes payable

 

1,000

 

 

Payments on notes payable

 

(1,743

)

(1,601

)

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 

(2,768

)

(703

)

Net cash distributed to noncontrolling interest

 

(348

)

(2,017

)

Other, net

 

(187

)

(154

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

193,917

 

91,253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

(57,238

)

(100,407

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

746,023

 

726,460

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

688,785

 

$

626,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

13,046

 

$

14,889

 

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds

 

$

5,582

 

$

40,949

 

Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of loans to other real estate owned

 

$

34,391

 

$

1,718

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies

 

Nature of Operations

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. (“Hilltop” and, collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. On November 30, 2012, Hilltop acquired PlainsCapital Corporation pursuant to a plan of merger whereby PlainsCapital Corporation merged with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop (the “PlainsCapital Merger”), which continued as the surviving entity under the name “PlainsCapital Corporation” (“PlainsCapital”).

 

The Company has two primary operating business units, PlainsCapital and National Lloyds Corporation (“NLC”). PlainsCapital is a financial holding company, headquartered in Dallas, Texas, that provides, through its subsidiaries, an array of financial products and services. In addition to traditional banking services, PlainsCapital provides residential mortgage lending, investment banking, public finance advisory, wealth and investment management, treasury management, capital equipment leasing, fixed income sales, asset management, and correspondent clearing services. NLC is a property and casualty insurance holding company that provides, through its subsidiaries, fire and homeowners insurance to low value dwellings and manufactured homes primarily in Texas and other areas of the southern United States.

 

On September 13, 2013 (the “Bank Closing Date”), PlainsCapital Bank (the “Bank”) assumed substantially all of the liabilities, including all of the deposits, and acquired substantially all of the assets of Edinburg, Texas-based First National Bank (“FNB”) from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), as receiver, and reopened former FNB branches acquired from the FDIC under the “PlainsCapital Bank” name (the “FNB Transaction”). Pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “P&A Agreement”), the Bank and the FDIC entered into loss-share agreements whereby the FDIC agreed to share in the losses of certain covered loans and covered other real estate owned (“OREO”) that the Bank acquired, as further described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. The fair value of the assets acquired was $2.2 billion, including $1.1 billion in covered loans, $286.2 million in securities, $135.2 million in covered OREO and $42.9 million in non-covered loans. The Bank also assumed $2.2 billion in liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits. The acquisition of FNB’s expansive branch network allowed the Bank to increase its presence in Texas to include the Rio Grande Valley, Houston, Corpus Christi, Laredo and El Paso markets, among others.

 

On March 31, 2014, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement with SWS Group, Inc. (“SWS”) providing for the merger of SWS with and into Peruna LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop formed for the purpose of facilitating this transaction. SWS stockholders will receive per share consideration of 0.2496 shares of Hilltop common stock and $1.94 of cash, equating to $7.25 per share based on Hilltop’s closing price on June 30, 2014. The value of the merger consideration will fluctuate with the market price of Hilltop common stock. The Company intends to fund the cash portion of the consideration through available cash. The merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals and approval of the stockholders of SWS, and is expected to be completed prior to the end of 2014.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), and in conformity with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In the opinion of management, these financial statements contain all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods presented. Accordingly, the financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013. Results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any future period.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates regarding the allowance for loan losses, the fair values of financial instruments, the amounts receivable under the loss-share agreements with the FDIC (“FDIC Indemnification Asset”), reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, the mortgage loan indemnification liability, and the potential impairment of assets are particularly subject to change. The Company has applied its critical accounting policies and estimation methods consistently in all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period consolidated financial statements to conform with the current period presentation.

 

Hilltop owns 100% of the outstanding stock of PlainsCapital. PlainsCapital owns 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and 100% of the membership interest in PlainsCapital Equity, LLC. The Bank owns 100% of the outstanding stock of PrimeLending, a PlainsCapital Company (“PrimeLending”), PCB-ARC, Inc. and RGV-ARC, Inc. The Bank has a 100% membership interest in First Southwest Holdings, LLC (“First Southwest”) and PlainsCapital Securities, LLC.

 

Hilltop also owns 100% of NLC, which operates through its wholly owned subsidiaries, National Lloyds Insurance Company (“NLIC”) and American Summit Insurance Company (“ASIC”).

 

PrimeLending owns a 100% membership interest in PrimeLending Ventures Management, LLC, the controlling and sole managing member of PrimeLending Ventures, LLC (“Ventures”).

 

The principal subsidiaries of First Southwest are First Southwest Company (“FSC”), a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and a member of the New York Stock Exchange, and First Southwest Asset Management, Inc., a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940.

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the above-named entities. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Noncontrolling interests have been recorded for minority ownership in entities that are not wholly owned and are presented in compliance with the provisions of Noncontrolling Interest in Subsidiary Subsections of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

 

PlainsCapital also owns 100% of the outstanding common securities of PCC Statutory Trusts I, II, III and IV (the “Trusts”), which are not included in the consolidated financial statements under the requirements of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections of the ASC, because the primary beneficiaries of the Trusts are not within the consolidated group.

 

2. Acquisitions

 

FNB Transaction

 

On the Bank Closing Date, the Bank assumed substantially all of the liabilities, including all of the deposits, and acquired substantially all of the assets of FNB from the FDIC in an FDIC-assisted transaction. As part of the P&A Agreement, the Bank and the FDIC entered into loss-share agreements covering future losses incurred on certain acquired loans and OREO. The Company refers to acquired commercial and single family residential loan portfolios and OREO that are subject to the loss-share agreements as “covered loans” and “covered OREO”, respectively, and these assets are presented as separate line items in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Collectively, covered loans and covered OREO are referred to as “covered assets”.

 

In accordance with the loss-share agreements, the Bank may be required to make a “true-up” payment to the FDIC approximately ten years following the Bank Closing Date if the FDIC’s initial estimate of losses on covered assets is greater than the actual realized losses. The “true-up” payment is calculated using a defined formula set forth in the P&A Agreement.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The FNB Transaction was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, purchased assets, including identifiable intangible assets and assumed liabilities, were recorded at their respective fair values as of the Bank Closing Date using significant estimates and assumptions to value certain identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The amounts are subject to adjustments based upon final settlement with the FDIC. The terms of the P&A Agreement provide for the FDIC to indemnify the Bank against claims with respect to liabilities and assets of FNB or any of its affiliates not assumed or otherwise purchased by the Bank and with respect to certain other claims by third parties.

 

Pro Forma Results of Operations

 

The operations acquired in the FNB Transaction are included in the Company’s operating results beginning September 14, 2013. The purchase of assets and assumption of certain liabilities of FNB from the FDIC, as receiver, was sufficiently significant to require disclosure of historical financial statements and related pro forma financial disclosure. Due to the nature and magnitude of the FNB Transaction, coupled with the federal assistance and protection resulting from the FDIC loss-share agreements, historical financial information of FNB is not relevant to future operations. The Company has omitted certain historical financial information and the related pro forma financial information of FNB pursuant to the guidance provided in Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.K, Financial Statements of Acquired Troubled Financial Institutions (“SAB 1:K”), and a request for relief granted by the SEC. SAB 1:K provides relief from the requirements of Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X in certain instances, such as the FNB Transaction, where a registrant engages in an acquisition of a significant amount of assets of a troubled financial institution for which audited financial statements are not reasonably available and in which federal assistance is so persuasive as to substantially reduce the relevance of such information to an assessment of future operations.

 

3. Fair Value Measurements

 

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures

 

The Company determines fair values in compliance with The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the ASC (the “Fair Value Topic”). The Fair Value Topic defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The Fair Value Topic defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Fair Value Topic assumes that transactions upon which fair value measurements are based occur in the principal market for the asset or liability being measured. Further, fair value measurements made under the Fair Value Topic exclude transaction costs and are not the result of forced transactions.

 

The Fair Value Topic creates a fair value hierarchy that classifies fair value measurements based upon the inputs used in valuing the assets or liabilities that are the subject of fair value measurements. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs, as indicated below.

 

·                   Level 1 Inputs : Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company can access at the measurement date.

 

·                   Level 2 Inputs : Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, credit risks, loss severities, etc.), and inputs that are derived from or corroborated by market data, among others.

 

·                   Level 3 Inputs : Unobservable inputs that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. Level 3 inputs include pricing models and discounted cash flow techniques, among others .

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Fair Value Option

 

The Company has elected to measure substantially all of PrimeLending’s mortgage loans held for sale and retained mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) at fair value, under the provisions of the Fair Value Option. The Company elected to apply the provisions of the Fair Value Option to these items so that it would have the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. The Company determines the fair value of the financial instruments accounted for under the provisions of the Fair Value Option in compliance with the provisions of the Fair Value Topic of the ASC discussed above.

 

At June 30, 2014, the aggregate fair value of PrimeLending’s mortgage loans held for sale accounted for under the Fair Value Option was $1.41 billion, and the unpaid principal balance of those loans was $1.35 billion. At December 31, 2013, the aggregate fair value of PrimeLending’s mortgage loans held for sale accounted for under the Fair Value Option was $1.09 billion, and the unpaid principal balance of those loans was $1.07 billion. The interest component of fair value is reported as interest income on loans in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

The Company holds a number of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, either by the application of the Fair Value Option or other authoritative pronouncements. The fair values of those instruments are determined primarily using Level 2 inputs. Those inputs include quotes from mortgage loan investors and derivatives dealers and data from independent pricing services.

 

The following tables present information regarding financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands).

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Fair Value

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

$

35

 

$

61,628

 

$

 

$

61,663

 

Available for sale securities

 

24,653

 

1,113,306

 

63,819

 

1,201,778

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

1,400,464

 

10,409

 

1,410,873

 

Derivative assets

 

 

35,454

 

 

35,454

 

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

 

 

35,877

 

35,877

 

Trading liabilities

 

 

48

 

 

48

 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

13,847

 

6,300

 

20,147

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Fair Value

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

$

33

 

$

58,813

 

$

 

$

58,846

 

Available for sale securities

 

22,079

 

1,121,011

 

60,053

 

1,203,143

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

1,061,310

 

27,729

 

1,089,039

 

Derivative assets

 

 

23,564

 

 

23,564

 

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

 

 

20,149

 

20,149

 

Trading liabilities

 

 

46

 

 

46

 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

139

 

5,600

 

5,739

 

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The following tables include a roll forward for those financial instruments measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gains or Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Realized or Unrealized)

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in Other

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of

 

Purchases/

 

Sales/

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

Balance at

 

 

 

Period

 

Additions

 

Reductions

 

Net Income

 

Income (Loss)

 

End of Period

 

Three months ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

$

64,098

 

$

 

$

 

$

616

 

$

(895

)

$

63,819

 

Loans held for sale

 

26,826

 

5,522

 

(24,009

)

2,070

 

 

10,409

 

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

29,939

 

7,376

 

 

(1,438

)

 

35,877

 

Derivative liabilities

 

(5,950

)

 

 

(350

)

 

(6,300

)

Total

 

$

114,913

 

$

12,898

 

$

(24,009

)

$

898

 

$

(895

)

$

103,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

$

60,053

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,209

 

$

2,557

 

$

63,819

 

Loans held for sale

 

27,729

 

10,422

 

(29,603

)

1,861

 

 

10,409

 

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

20,149

 

14,808

 

 

920

 

 

35,877

 

Derivative liabilities

 

(5,600

)

 

 

(700

)

 

(6,300

)

Total

 

$

102,331

 

$

25,230

 

$

(29,603

)

$

3,290

 

$

2,557

 

$

103,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

$

58,801

 

$

 

$

 

$

531

 

$

(3,822

)

$

55,510

 

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

4,430

 

2,180

 

 

501

 

 

7,111

 

Derivative liabilities

 

(4,714

)

 

 

(225

)

 

(4,939

)

Total

 

$

58,517

 

$

2,180

 

$

 

$

807

 

$

(3,822

)

$

57,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

$

56,277

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,043

 

$

(1,810

)

$

55,510

 

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

2,080

 

4,305

 

 

726

 

 

7,111

 

Derivative liabilities

 

(4,490

)

 

 

(449

)

 

(4,939

)

Total

 

$

53,867

 

$

4,305

 

$

 

$

1,320

 

$

(1,810

)

$

57,682

 

 

All net realized and unrealized gains (losses) in the tables above are reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The unrealized gains (losses) relate to financial instruments still held at June 30, 2014. The available for sale securities noted in the table above reflect Hilltop’s note receivable and warrant to purchase common stock of SWS as discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

For Level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2014, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Financial instrument

 

Valuation Technique

 

Unobservable Input

 

Average / Range

 

Available for sale securities - note receivable

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Discount rate

 

8.3%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities - warrant

 

Binomial model

 

SWS common stock price volatility

 

24.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

Discounted cash flow /

 

Projected price

 

86 - 90%

 

 

 

Market comparable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Constant prepayment rate

 

10.32%

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

11.11%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Discount rate

 

14 - 28%

 

 

 

 

 

Time to receive full payment of cash flows

 

10.75 - 14.0 years

 

 

Hilltop’s note receivable is valued using a cash flow model that estimates yield based on comparable securities in the market. The interest rate used to discount cash flows is the most significant unobservable input. An increase or decrease in the discount rate would result in a corresponding decrease or increase, respectively, in the fair value measurement of the note receivable.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The warrant is valued utilizing a binomial model. The underlying SWS common stock price and its related volatility, an unobservable input, are the most significant inputs into the model, and, therefore, decreases or increases to the SWS common stock price would result in a significant change in the fair value measurement of the warrant.

 

The fair value of certain loans held for sale that are either non-standard (i.e. loans that cannot be sold through normal sale channels) or non-performing is measured using unobservable inputs. The fair value of such loans is generally based upon estimates of expected cash flows using unobservable inputs including listing prices of comparable assets, uncorroborated expert opinions, and/or management’s knowledge of underlying collateral.

 

The MSR asset is valued by projecting net servicing cash flows, which are then discounted to estimate the fair value. The fair value of the MSR asset is impacted by a variety of factors. Prepayment rates and discount rates, the most significant unobservable inputs, are discussed further in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Derivative liabilities in the tables above include a derivative option agreement (“Fee Award Option”) entered into by First Southwest and valued using discounted cash flows and probability of exercise.

 

The Company had no transfers between Levels 1 and 2 during the periods presented.

 

The following tables present the changes in fair value for instruments that are reported at fair value under the Fair Value Option (in thousands).

 

 

 

Changes in Fair Value for Assets and Liabilities Reported at Fair Value under Fair Value Option

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Net

 

Noninterest

 

Changes in

 

Net

 

Noninterest

 

Changes in

 

 

 

Gains (Losses)

 

Income

 

Fair Value

 

Gains (Losses)

 

Income

 

Fair Value

 

Loans held for sale

 

$

35,651

 

$

 

$

35,651

 

$

(36,203

)

$

 

$

(36,203

)

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

(1,438

)

 

(1,438

)

501

 

 

501

 

Time deposits

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

Changes in Fair Value for Assets and Liabilities Reported at Fair Value under Fair Value Option

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Net

 

Noninterest

 

Changes in

 

Net

 

Noninterest

 

Changes in

 

 

 

Gains (Losses)

 

Income

 

Fair Value

 

Gains (Losses)

 

Income

 

Fair Value

 

Loans held for sale

 

$

40,169

 

$

 

$

40,169

 

$

(41,641

)

$

 

$

(41,641

)

Mortgage servicing asset

 

920

 

 

920

 

726

 

 

726

 

Time deposits

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

12

 

 

The Company also determines the fair value of certain assets and liabilities on a non-recurring basis. In addition, facts and circumstances may dictate a fair value measurement when there is evidence of impairment. Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis include the items discussed below.

 

Impaired Loans — The Company reports impaired loans based on the underlying fair value of the collateral through specific allowances within the allowance for loan losses. Purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans with a fair value of $172.9 million and $822.8 million were acquired by the Company upon completion of the PlainsCapital Merger and the FNB Transaction, respectively. Substantially all PCI loans acquired in the FNB Transaction are covered by FDIC loss-share agreements. The fair value of PCI loans was determined using Level 3 inputs, including estimates of expected cash flows that incorporated significant unobservable inputs regarding default rates, loss severity rates assuming default, prepayment speeds and estimated collateral values. At June 30, 2014, these inputs included estimated weighted average default rates, loss severity rates and prepayment speed assumptions of 51%, 45% and 0%, respectively, for those PCI loans acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger and 62%, 39% and 7%, respectively, for those PCI loans acquired in the FNB Transaction. The resulting weighted average expected loss on PCI loans associated with the PlainsCapital Merger and the FNB Transaction was 23% and 24%, respectively.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company obtains updated appraisals of the fair value of collateral securing impaired collateral dependent loans at least annually, in accordance with regulatory guidelines. The Company also reviews the fair value of such collateral on a quarterly basis. If the quarterly review indicates that the fair value of the collateral may have deteriorated, the Company will order an updated appraisal of the fair value of the collateral. Since the Company obtains updated appraisals when evidence of a decline in the fair value of collateral exists, it typically does not adjust appraised values.

 

Other Real Estate Owned — The Company reports OREO at fair value less estimated cost to sell. Any excess of recorded investment over fair value, less cost to sell, is charged against either the allowance for loan losses or the related PCI pool discount when property is initially transferred to OREO. Subsequent to the initial transfer to OREO, downward valuation adjustments are charged against earnings. The Company determines fair value primarily using independent appraisals of OREO properties. The resulting fair value measurements are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 inputs, depending upon the extent to which unobservable inputs determine the fair value measurement. The Company considers a number of factors in determining the extent to which specific fair value measurements utilize unobservable inputs, including, but not limited to, the inherent subjectivity in appraisals, the length of time elapsed since the receipt of independent market price or appraised value, and current market conditions. At June 30, 2014, the most significant unobservable input used in the determination of fair value of OREO was a discount to independent appraisals for estimated holding periods of OREO properties. Such discount was 1% per month for estimated holding periods of 6 to 24 months. Level 3 inputs were used to determine the fair value of a large group of smaller balance properties that were acquired in the FNB Transaction. In the FNB Transaction, the Bank acquired OREO of $135.2 million, all of which is covered by FDIC loss-share agreements. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of covered OREO was $142.2 million and $142.8 million, respectively, and the underlying fair value measurements utilize Level 2 and Level 3 inputs. The fair value of non-covered OREO at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was $4.4 million and $4.8 million, respectively, and is included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheets. During the reported periods, all fair value measurements for non-covered OREO utilized Level 2 inputs.

 

The following table presents information regarding certain assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which a change in fair value has been recorded during reporting periods subsequent to initial recognition (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gains (Losses) for the

 

Total Gains (Losses) for the

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Fair Value

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-covered impaired loans

 

$

 

$

 

$

29,993

 

$

29,993

 

$

(222

)

$

(228

)

$

(437

)

$

(659

)

Covered impaired loans

 

 

 

133,325

 

133,325

 

(1,341

)

 

(3,032

)

 

Non-covered other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

(30

)

(111

)

(190

)

Covered other real estate owned

 

 

18,186

 

34,126

 

52,312

 

(2,528

)

 

(2,959

)

 

 

The Fair Value of Financial Instruments Subsection of the ASC requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, including the financial assets and liabilities previously discussed. The methods for determining estimated fair value for financial assets and liabilities is described in detail in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The following tables present the carrying values and estimated fair values of financial instruments not measured at fair value on either a recurring or non-recurring basis (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Total

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

688,785

 

$

688,785

 

$

 

$

 

$

688,785

 

Held to maturity securities

 

65,275

 

 

65,631

 

 

65,631

 

Non-covered loans, net

 

3,678,406

 

 

356,907

 

3,346,987

 

3,703,894

 

Covered loans, net

 

840,898

 

 

 

902,588

 

902,588

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables

 

190,764

 

 

190,764

 

 

190,764

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

175,114

 

 

 

175,114

 

175,114

 

Other assets

 

63,843

 

 

42,383

 

21,460

 

63,843

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

6,155,310

 

 

6,160,913

 

 

6,160,913

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization payables

 

227,891

 

 

227,891

 

 

227,891

 

Short-term borrowings

 

1,187,193

 

 

1,187,193

 

 

1,187,193

 

Debt

 

122,596

 

 

115,856

 

 

115,856

 

Other liabilities

 

2,834

 

 

2,834

 

 

2,834

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Total

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

746,023

 

$

746,023

 

$

 

$

 

$

746,023

 

Non-covered loans, net

 

3,481,405

 

 

281,712

 

3,119,319

 

3,401,031

 

Covered loans, net

 

1,005,308

 

 

 

997,371

 

997,371

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables

 

119,317

 

 

119,317

 

 

119,317

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

188,291

 

 

 

188,291

 

188,291

 

Other assets

 

66,055

 

 

43,946

 

22,109

 

66,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

6,722,019

 

 

6,722,909

 

 

6,722,909

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization payables

 

129,678

 

 

129,678

 

 

129,678

 

Short-term borrowings

 

342,087

 

 

342,087

 

 

342,087

 

Debt

 

123,339

 

 

114,671

 

 

114,671

 

Other liabilities

 

3,362

 

 

3,362

 

 

3,362

 

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

4. Securities

 

The amortized cost and fair value of securities, excluding trading securities, are summarized as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

63,692

 

$

164

 

$

(34

)

$

63,822

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

654,513

 

1,485

 

(20,899

)

635,099

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

55,895

 

2,008

 

(399

)

57,504

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

110,909

 

302

 

(4,081

)

107,130

 

Corporate debt securities

 

95,704

 

5,659

 

(108

)

101,255

 

States and political subdivisions

 

148,255

 

1,470

 

(1,894

)

147,831

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

597

 

68

 

 

665

 

Equity securities

 

20,396

 

4,257

 

 

24,653

 

Note receivable

 

43,883

 

6,038

 

 

49,921

 

Warrant

 

12,068

 

1,830

 

 

13,898

 

Totals

 

$

1,205,912

 

$

23,281

 

$

(27,415

)

$

1,201,778

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

43,684

 

$

82

 

$

(238

)

$

43,528

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

717,909

 

550

 

(55,727

)

662,732

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

59,936

 

735

 

(584

)

60,087

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

124,502

 

349

 

(4,390

)

120,461

 

Corporate debt securities

 

72,376

 

4,610

 

(378

)

76,608

 

States and political subdivisions

 

162,955

 

388

 

(6,508

)

156,835

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

691

 

69

 

 

760

 

Equity securities

 

20,067

 

2,012

 

 

22,079

 

Note receivable

 

42,674

 

5,235

 

 

47,909

 

Warrant

 

12,068

 

76

 

 

12,144

 

Totals

 

$

1,256,862

 

$

14,106

 

$

(67,825

)

$

1,203,143

 

 

 

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

31,048

 

$

384

 

$

(1

)

$

31,431

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

29,821

 

 

(14

)

29,807

 

States and political subdivisions

 

4,406

 

7

 

(20

)

4,393

 

Totals

 

$

65,275

 

$

391

 

$

(35

)

$

65,631

 

 

Available for sale securities includes 1,475,387 shares of SWS common stock, a $50.0 million aggregate principal amount note issued by SWS and a warrant to purchase 8,695,652 shares of SWS common stock. SWS issued the note in July 2011 under a credit agreement pursuant to a senior unsecured loan from Hilltop. The note bears interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum, is prepayable by SWS subject to certain conditions after three years, and has a maturity of five years. The warrant provides for the purchase of 8,695,652 shares of SWS common stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per share, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. If the warrant was fully exercised, Hilltop would beneficially own 24.4% of SWS.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Information regarding securities that were in an unrealized loss position is shown in the following tables (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Number of

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasury securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

3

 

$

6,396

 

$

26

 

6

 

$

12,748

 

$

238

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

1

 

2,010

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

8,406

 

34

 

6

 

12,748

 

238

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

1

 

9,987

 

13

 

35

 

526,817

 

45,274

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

31

 

487,164

 

20,886

 

5

 

90,931

 

10,453

 

 

 

32

 

497,151

 

20,899

 

40

 

617,748

 

55,727

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

1

 

1,593

 

58

 

2

 

2,194

 

54

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

3

 

9,356

 

341

 

3

 

9,309

 

530

 

 

 

4

 

10,949

 

399

 

5

 

11,503

 

584

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

2

 

13,128

 

24

 

7

 

84,054

 

4,320

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

8

 

68,301

 

4,057

 

2

 

4,995

 

70

 

 

 

10

 

81,429

 

4,081

 

9

 

89,049

 

4,390

 

Corporate debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

 

 

 

7

 

10,754

 

378

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

1

 

1,889

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1,889

 

108

 

7

 

10,754

 

378

 

States and political subdivisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

12

 

8,846

 

49

 

46

 

30,245

 

669

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

119

 

80,555

 

1,845

 

150

 

96,882

 

5,839

 

 

 

131

 

89,401

 

1,894

 

196

 

127,127

 

6,508

 

Total available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

19

 

39,950

 

170

 

103

 

666,812

 

50,933

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

163

 

649,275

 

27,245

 

160

 

202,117

 

16,892

 

 

 

182

 

$

689,225

 

$

27,415

 

263

 

$

868,929

 

$

67,825

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Number of

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

1

 

$

2,029

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

$

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

2,029

 

1

 

 

 

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

1

 

29,807

 

14

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

29,807

 

14

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

6

 

3,327

 

20

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

3,327

 

20

 

 

 

 

Total held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

8

 

35,163

 

35

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

$

35,163

 

$

35

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not record any other-than-temporary impairments. While all of the investments are monitored for potential other-than-temporary impairment, the Company’s analysis and experience indicate that these available for sale investments generally do not present a significant risk of other-than-temporary-impairment, as fair value should recover over time. Factors considered in the Company’s analysis

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

include the reasons for the unrealized loss position, the severity and duration of the unrealized loss position, credit worthiness, and forecasted performance of the investee. While some of the securities held in the investment portfolio have decreased in value since the date of acquisition, the severity of loss and the duration of the loss position are not believed to be significant enough to warrant other-than-temporary impairment of the securities. The Company does not intend, nor is it likely that the Company will be required, to sell these securities before the recovery of the cost basis. Therefore, management does not believe any other-than-temporary impairments exist at June 30, 2014.

 

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties. The amortized cost and fair value of securities, excluding trading and available for sale equity securities and the available for sale warrant, at June 30, 2014 are shown by contractual maturity below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

133,456

 

$

133,611

 

$

 

$

 

Due after one year through five years

 

120,411

 

130,803

 

 

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

71,929

 

74,513

 

264

 

264

 

Due after ten years

 

680,251

 

659,001

 

4,142

 

4,129

 

 

 

1,006,047

 

997,928

 

4,406

 

4,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

55,895

 

57,504

 

31,048

 

31,431

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

110,909

 

107,130

 

29,821

 

29,807

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

597

 

665

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,173,448

 

$

1,163,227

 

$

65,275

 

$

65,631

 

 

The Company realized net gains from its trading securities portfolio of $0.8 million and $1.4 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, and net losses of $1.5 million and $2.7 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, which are recorded as a component of other noninterest income within the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Securities with a carrying amount of $1.0 billion (with a fair value of $983.1 million and $938.1 million, respectively) at both June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, were pledged to secure public and trust deposits, federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

 

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations consist principally of Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) pass-through and participation certificates. GNMA securities are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States, while FNMA and FHLMC securities are fully guaranteed by those respective United States government-sponsored agencies, and conditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

 

At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, NLC had investments on deposit in custody for various state insurance departments with carrying values of $8.6 million and $9.4 million, respectively.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

5. Non-Covered Loans and Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses

 

Non-covered loans refer to loans not covered by the FDIC loss-share agreements. Covered loans are discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements. Non-covered loans summarized by portfolio segment are as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,681,655

 

$

1,637,266

 

Real estate

 

1,586,535

 

1,457,253

 

Construction and land development

 

391,611

 

364,551

 

Consumer

 

55,036

 

55,576

 

 

 

3,714,837

 

3,514,646

 

Allowance for non-covered loan losses

 

(36,431

)

(33,241

)

Total non-covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

3,678,406

 

$

3,481,405

 

 

The Bank has lending policies in place with the goal of establishing an asset portfolio that will provide a return on stockholders’ equity sufficient to maintain capital to assets ratios that meet or exceed established regulations. Loans are underwritten with careful consideration of the borrower’s financial condition, the specific purpose of the loan, the primary sources of repayment and any collateral pledged to secure the loan.

 

Underwriting procedures address financial components based on the size or complexity of the credit. The financial components include, but are not limited to, current and projected cash flows, shock analysis and/or stress testing, and trends in appropriate balance sheet and statement of operations ratios. Collateral analysis includes a complete description of the collateral, as well as determining values, monitoring requirements, loan to value ratios, concentration risk, appraisal requirements and other information relevant to the collateral being pledged. Guarantor analysis includes liquidity and cash flow analysis based on the significance the guarantors are expected to serve as secondary repayment sources. The Bank’s underwriting standards are governed by adherence to its loan policy. The loan policy provides for specific guidelines by portfolio segment, including commercial and industrial, real estate, construction and land development, and consumer loans. Within each individual portfolio segment, permissible and impermissible loan types are explicitly outlined. Within the loan types, minimum requirements for the underwriting factors listed above are provided.

 

The Bank maintains a loan review department that reviews credit risk in response to both external and internal factors that potentially impact the performance of either individual loans or the overall loan portfolio. The loan review process reviews the creditworthiness of borrowers and determines compliance with the loan policy. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel.  Results of these reviews are presented to management and the Bank’s board of directors.

 

In connection with the PlainsCapital Merger and the FNB Transaction, the Company acquired non-covered loans both with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. The following table presents the carrying values and the outstanding balances of the non-covered PCI loans (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Carrying amount

 

$

60,787

 

$

100,392

 

Outstanding balance

 

83,534

 

141,983

 

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Changes in the accretable yield for the non-covered PCI loans were as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

17,713

 

$

26,246

 

$

17,601

 

$

17,553

 

Increases in expected cash flows

 

6,141

 

141

 

9,616

 

12,137

 

Disposals of loans

 

(3,581

)

(1,806

)

(4,184

)

(1,832

)

Accretion

 

(8,369

)

(4,463

)

(11,129

)

(7,740

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

11,904

 

$

20,118

 

$

11,904

 

$

20,118

 

 

The remaining nonaccretable difference for non-covered PCI loans was $24.0 million and $38.6 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

Impaired loans exhibit a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet principal and interest payments, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due unless the asset is both well secured and in the process of collection.

 

Non-covered impaired loans include non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), PCI loans and partially charged-off loans.  The amounts shown in following tables include loans accounted for on an individual basis, as well as acquired loans accounted for in pools (“Pooled Loans”). For Pooled Loans, the recorded investment with allowance and the related allowance consider impairment measured at the pool level. Non-covered impaired loans are summarized by class in the following tables (in thousands).

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual

 

Investment with

 

Investment with

 

Recorded

 

Related

 

 

 

Principal Balance

 

No Allowance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Allowance

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

50,056

 

$

9,060

 

$

15,514

 

$

24,574

 

$

3,268

 

Unsecured

 

5,411

 

504

 

 

504

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

31,715

 

10,286

 

14,116

 

24,402

 

492

 

Secured by residential properties

 

5,896

 

2,898

 

1,199

 

4,097

 

59

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

17,731

 

10,313

 

553

 

10,866

 

65

 

Consumer

 

6,852

 

483

 

2,606

 

3,089

 

111

 

 

 

$

117,661

 

$

33,544

 

$

33,988

 

$

67,532

 

$

3,995

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual

 

Investment with

 

Investment with

 

Recorded

 

Related

 

 

 

Principal Balance

 

No Allowance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Allowance

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

63,636

 

$

21,540

 

$

17,147

 

$

38,687

 

$

3,126

 

Unsecured

 

11,865

 

336

 

1,204

 

1,540

 

15

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

49,437

 

20,317

 

16,070

 

36,387

 

339

 

Secured by residential properties

 

5,407

 

1,745

 

1,648

 

3,393

 

39

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

48,628

 

15,337

 

4,592

 

19,929

 

39

 

Consumer

 

7,946

 

4,509

 

 

4,509

 

 

 

 

$

186,952

 

$

63,784

 

$

40,661

 

$

104,445

 

$

3,558

 

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Average investment in non-covered impaired loans is summarized by class in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

29,852

 

$

61,715

 

$

31,631

 

$

61,365

 

Unsecured

 

865

 

2,385

 

1,022

 

2,697

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

27,120

 

49,687

 

30,395

 

51,835

 

Secured by residential properties

 

4,541

 

7,131

 

3,745

 

6,446

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

 

354

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

13,313

 

26,681

 

15,398

 

29,776

 

Consumer

 

3,410

 

69

 

3,799

 

72

 

 

 

$

79,101

 

$

147,668

 

$

85,990

 

$

152,545

 

 

Non-covered non-accrual loans, excluding those classified as held for sale, are summarized by class in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

14,258

 

$

15,430

 

Unsecured

 

504

 

1,300

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

485

 

2,638

 

Secured by residential properties

 

1,887

 

398

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

863

 

112

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

17,997

 

$

19,878

 

 

At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, non-covered non-accrual loans included non-covered PCI loans of $11.3 million and $15.8 million, respectively, for which discount accretion has been suspended because the extent and timing of cash flows from these non-covered PCI loans can no longer be reasonably estimated. In addition to the non-covered non-accrual loans in the table above, $3.9 million and $3.5 million of real estate loans secured by residential properties and classified as held for sale were in non-accrual status at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

Interest income recorded on non-covered accruing impaired loans and on non-covered non-accrual loans was $1.1 million and $2.5 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively. Interest income recorded on non-covered accruing impaired loans and on non-covered non-accrual loans for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was nominal.

 

The Bank classifies loan modifications as TDRs when it concludes that it has both granted a concession to a debtor and that the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. Loan modifications are typically structured to create affordable payments for the debtor and can be achieved in a variety of ways. The Bank modifies loans by reducing interest rates

 

21



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

and/or lengthening loan amortization schedules. The Bank also reconfigures a single loan into two or more loans (“A/B Note”). The typical A/B Note restructure results in a “bad” loan which is charged off and a “good” loan or loans the terms of which comply with the Bank’s customary underwriting policies. The debt charged off on the “bad” loan is not forgiven to the debtor.

 

Information regarding TDRs granted is shown in the following tables (in thousands). There were no TDRs granted for the three months ended June 30, 2014. At June 30, 2014, the Bank had no unadvanced commitments to borrowers whose loans have been restructured in TDRs. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had $0.5 million in such unadvanced commitments.

 

 

 

Recorded Investment in Loans Modified by

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

Payment Term

 

Total

 

 

 

A/B Note

 

Adjustment

 

Extension

 

Modification

 

Six months ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

 

 

336

 

336

 

Secured by residential properties

 

 

 

258

 

258

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

 

 

138

 

138

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

732

 

$

732

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment in Loans Modified by

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

Payment Term

 

Total

 

 

 

A/B Note

 

Adjustment

 

Extension

 

Modification

 

Three months ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

 

$

 

$

9,853

 

$

9,853

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

9,853

 

$

9,853

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment in Loans Modified by

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

Payment Term

 

Total

 

 

 

A/B Note

 

Adjustment

 

Extension

 

Modification

 

Six months ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

 

$

 

$

9,858

 

$

9,858

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

 

 

272

 

272

 

Secured by residential properties

 

 

 

1,047

 

1,047

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

 

 

603

 

603

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

11,780

 

$

11,780

 

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

There were no TDRs granted in the twelve months preceding June 30, 2014 and 2013, for which a payment was at least 30 days past due in the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

An analysis of the aging of the Bank’s non-covered loan portfolio is shown in the following tables (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Accruing Loans

 

 

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Total

 

Current

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Past Due

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

90 Days or More

 

Past Due Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

90 Days or More

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

14,705

 

$

891

 

$

1,690

 

$

17,286

 

$

1,545,510

 

$

21,086

 

$

1,583,882

 

$

1

 

Unsecured

 

236

 

45

 

 

281

 

97,104

 

388

 

97,773

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

 

 

 

 

1,103,126

 

23,917

 

1,127,043

 

 

Secured by residential properties

 

482

 

1,090

 

467

 

2,039

 

455,149

 

2,304

 

459,492

 

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

2,176

 

 

 

2,176

 

68,280

 

 

70,456

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

998

 

 

 

998

 

310,154

 

10,003

 

321,155

 

 

Consumer

 

241

 

55

 

 

296

 

51,651

 

3,089

 

55,036

 

 

 

 

$

18,838

 

$

2,081

 

$

2,157

 

$

23,076

 

$

3,630,974

 

$

60,787

 

$

3,714,837

 

$

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing Loans

 

 

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Total

 

Current

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Past Due

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

90 Days or More

 

Past Due Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

90 Days or More

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

2,171

 

$

277

 

$

1,354

 

$

3,802

 

$

1,492,793

 

$

35,372

 

$

1,531,967

 

$

272

 

Unsecured

 

333

 

9

 

60

 

402

 

103,453

 

1,444

 

105,299

 

59

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

192

 

 

132

 

324

 

1,044,437

 

36,255

 

1,081,016

 

 

Secured by residential properties

 

1,045

 

36

 

203

 

1,284

 

371,958

 

2,995

 

376,237

 

203

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

415

 

 

 

415

 

64,664

 

 

65,079

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

41

 

881

 

112

 

1,034

 

278,621

 

19,817

 

299,472

 

 

Consumer

 

201

 

60

 

 

261

 

50,806

 

4,509

 

55,576

 

 

 

 

$

4,398

 

$

1,263

 

$

1,861

 

$

7,522

 

$

3,406,732

 

$

100,392

 

$

3,514,646

 

$

534

 

 

Management tracks credit quality trends on a quarterly basis related to: (i) past due levels, (ii) non-performing asset levels, (iii) classified loan levels, (iv) net charge-offs, and (v) general economic conditions in the state and local markets.

 

The Bank utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of the loans in its portfolio. A risk rating is assigned based on an assessment of the borrower’s management, collateral position, financial capacity, and economic factors. The general characteristics of the various risk grades are described below.

 

Pass — “Pass” loans present a range of acceptable risks to the Bank. Loans that would be considered virtually risk-free are rated Pass — low risk.  Loans that exhibit sound standards based on the grading factors above and present a reasonable risk to the Bank are rated Pass — normal risk.  Loans that exhibit a minor weakness in one or more of the grading criteria but still present an acceptable risk to the Bank are rated Pass — high risk.

 

Special Mention — “Special Mention” loans have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in a deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loans and weaken the Bank’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention loans are not adversely classified and do not expose the Bank to sufficient risk to require adverse classification.

 

Substandard — “Substandard” loans are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Many substandard loans are considered impaired.

 

PCI — “PCI” loans exhibited evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition that made it probable that all contractually required principal payments would not be collected.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The following tables present the internal risk grades of non-covered loans, as previously described, in the portfolio by class (in thousands).

 

 

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

PCI

 

Total

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

1,522,487

 

$

18,277

 

$

22,032

 

$

21,086

 

$

1,583,882

 

Unsecured

 

97,118

 

 

267

 

388

 

97,773

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

1,097,299

 

4,369

 

1,458

 

23,917

 

1,127,043

 

Secured by residential properties

 

451,931

 

 

5,257

 

2,304

 

459,492

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

70,456

 

 

 

 

70,456

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

309,614

 

274

 

1,264

 

10,003

 

321,155

 

Consumer

 

51,898

 

 

49

 

3,089

 

55,036

 

 

 

$

3,600,803

 

$

22,920

 

$

30,327

 

$

60,787

 

$

3,714,837

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

PCI

 

Total

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

1,450,734

 

$

16,840

 

$

29,021

 

$

35,372

 

$

1,531,967

 

Unsecured

 

103,674

 

12

 

169

 

1,444

 

105,299

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

1,038,930

 

4,436

 

1,395

 

36,255

 

1,081,016

 

Secured by residential properties

 

367,758

 

 

5,484

 

2,995

 

376,237

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

65,079

 

 

 

 

65,079

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

275,808

 

3,384

 

463

 

19,817

 

299,472

 

Consumer

 

51,052

 

1

 

14

 

4,509

 

55,576

 

 

 

$

3,353,035

 

$

24,673

 

$

36,546

 

$

100,392

 

$

3,514,646

 

 

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the existing portfolio of loans. Management has responsibility for determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, subject to review by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors and the Loan Review Committee of the Bank’s board of directors.

 

It is management’s responsibility at the end of each quarter, or more frequently as deemed necessary, to analyze the level of the allowance for loan losses to ensure that it is appropriate for the estimated credit losses in the portfolio consistent with the Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and the Receivables and Contingencies Topics of the ASC. Estimated credit losses are the probable current amount of loans that the Company will be unable to collect given facts and circumstances as of the evaluation date. When management determines that a loan or portion thereof is uncollectible, the loan, or portion thereof, is charged off against the allowance for loan losses, or for acquired loans accounted for in pools, charged against the pool discount. Recoveries on charge-offs that occurred prior to the PlainsCapital Merger represent contractual cash flows not expected to be collected and are recorded as accretion income. Recoveries on loans charged-off subsequent to the PlainsCapital Merger are credited to the allowance for loan loss, except for recoveries on loans accounted for in pools, which are credited to the pool discount. The Bank’s loan portfolio is designated into two populations: acquired loans and originated loans. The allowance for loan losses is calculated separately for acquired and originated loans.

 

Originated Loans

 

The Company has developed a methodology that seeks to determine an allowance within the scope of the Receivables and Contingencies Topics of the ASC. Each of the loans that has been determined to be impaired is within the scope of the Receivables Topic. Impaired loans that are equal to or greater than $0.5 million are individually evaluated for impairment using one of three impairment measurement methods as of the evaluation date: (1) the present value of expected future discounted cash flows on the loan, (2) the loan’s observable market price, or (3) the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Specific reserves are provided in the estimate of the allowance based on the measurement of impairment under these three methods, except for collateral dependent loans, which require the fair value method. All

 

24



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

non-impaired loans are within the scope of the Contingencies Topic. Estimates of loss for the Contingencies Topic are calculated based on historical loss, adjusted for qualitative or environmental factors. The Bank uses a rolling three year average net loss rate to calculate historical loss factors. The analysis is conducted by call report category, and further disaggregates commercial and industrial loans by collateral type. The analysis considers charge-offs and recoveries in determining the loss rate; therefore net charge-off experience is used. The historical loss calculation for the quarter is calculated by dividing the current quarter net charge-offs for each loan category by the quarter ended loan category balance. The Bank utilizes a weighted average loss rate to better represent recent trends. The Bank weights the most recent four quarter average at 120% versus the oldest four quarters at 80%.

 

While historical loss experience provides a reasonable starting point for the analysis, historical losses are not the sole basis upon which the Company determines the appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses. Management considers recent qualitative or environmental factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with the existing portfolio to differ from historical loss experience, including but not limited to:

 

·                   changes in the volume and severity of past due, nonaccrual and classified loans;

·                   changes in the nature, volume and terms of loans in the portfolio;

·                   changes in lending policies and procedures;

·                   changes in economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio;

·                   changes in lending management and staff;

·                   changes in the loan review system and the degree of oversight by the Bank’s board of directors; and

·                   any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations.

 

Changes in the volume and severity of past due, nonaccrual and classified loans, as well as changes in the nature, volume and terms of loans in the portfolio are key indicators of changes that could indicate a necessary adjustment to the historical loss factors. The magnitude of the impact of these factors on our qualitative assessment of the allowance for loan loss changes from quarter to quarter.

 

The loan review program is designed to identify and monitor problem loans by maintaining a credit grading process, requiring that timely and appropriate changes be made to reviewed loans and coordinating the delivery of the information necessary to assess the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses. Loans are evaluated for impaired status when: (i) payments on the loan are delayed, typically by 90 days or more (unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection), (ii) the loan becomes classified, (iii) the loan is being reviewed in the normal course of the loan review scope, or (iv) the loan is identified by the servicing officer as a problem.

 

Homogeneous loans, such as consumer installment loans, residential mortgage loans and home equity loans, are not individually reviewed and are generally risk graded at the same levels. The risk grade and reserves are established for each homogeneous pool of loans based on the expected net charge-offs from current trends in delinquencies, losses or historical experience and general economic conditions. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no material delinquencies in these types of loans.

 

Acquired Loans

 

Loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at their estimated fair value on their purchase date and with no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. Loans without evidence of credit impairment at acquisition are subsequently evaluated for any required allowance at each reporting date. An allowance for loan losses is calculated using a methodology similar to that described above for originated loans. The allowance as determined for each loan collateral type is compared to the remaining fair value discount for that loan collateral type. If greater, the excess is recognized as an addition to the allowance through a provision for loan losses. If less than the discount, no additional allowance is recorded. Charge-offs and losses first reduce any remaining fair value discount for the loan and once the discount is depleted, losses are applied against the allowance established for that loan.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

PCI loans acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger are accounted for on an individual loan basis, while PCI loans acquired in the FNB Transaction are accounted for both in pools and at the individual loan level. Cash flows expected to be collected are recast quarterly for each loan or pool. These evaluations require the continued use and updating of key assumptions and estimates such as default rates, loss severity given default and prepayment speed assumptions, similar to those used for the initial fair value estimate. Management judgment must be applied in developing these assumptions. If expected cash flows for a loan or pool decreases, an increase in the allowance for loan losses is made through a charge to the provision for loan losses. If expected cash flows for a loan or pool increase, any previously established allowance for loan losses is reversed and any remaining difference increases the accretable yield which will be taken into income over the remaining life of the loan.

 

The allowance is subject to regulatory examinations and determinations as to appropriateness, which may take into account such factors as the methodology used to calculate the allowance and the size of the allowance.

 

Changes in the allowance for non-covered loan losses, distributed by portfolio segment, are shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Three months ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

16,726

 

$

9,682

 

$

8,096

 

$

141

 

$

34,645

 

Provision charged to operations

 

3,631

 

306

 

(51

)

197

 

4,083

 

Loans charged off

 

(2,924

)

(72

)

 

(85

)

(3,081

)

Recoveries on charged off loans

 

629

 

82

 

41

 

32

 

784

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

18,062

 

$

9,998

 

$

8,086

 

$

285

 

$

36,431

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Six months ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

16,865

 

$

8,331

 

$

7,957

 

$

88

 

$

33,241

 

Provision charged to operations

 

3,574

 

1,625

 

(34

)

306

 

5,471

 

Loans charged off

 

(3,731

)

(72

)

 

(159

)

(3,962

)

Recoveries on charged off loans

 

1,354

 

114

 

163

 

50

 

1,681

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

18,062

 

$

9,998

 

$

8,086

 

$

285

 

$

36,431

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Three months ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

8,812

 

$

3,522

 

$

4,286

 

$

17

 

$

16,637

 

Provision charged to operations

 

6,729

 

1,820

 

2,720

 

20

 

11,289

 

Loans charged off

 

(3,656

)

(65

)

 

(15

)

(3,736

)

Recoveries on charged off loans

 

1,921

 

62

 

44

 

20

 

2,047

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

13,806

 

$

5,339

 

$

7,050

 

$

42

 

$

26,237

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Six months ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

1,845

 

$

977

 

$

582

 

$

5

 

$

3,409

 

Provision charged to operations

 

13,640

 

4,257

 

6,317

 

80

 

24,294

 

Loans charged off

 

(4,094

)

(96

)

 

(71

)

(4,261

)

Recoveries on charged off loans

 

2,415

 

201

 

151

 

28

 

2,795

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

13,806

 

$

5,339

 

$

7,050

 

$

42

 

$

26,237

 

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The non-covered loan portfolio was distributed by portfolio segment and impairment methodology as shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

2,487

 

$

1,973

 

$

863

 

$

 

$

5,323

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

1,657,694

 

1,558,341

 

380,745

 

51,947

 

3,648,727

 

PCI Loans

 

21,474

 

26,221

 

10,003

 

3,089

 

60,787

 

 

 

$

1,681,655

 

$

1,586,535

 

$

391,611

 

$

55,036

 

$

3,714,837

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

2,273

 

$

373

 

$

112

 

$

 

$

2,758

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

1,598,177

 

1,417,630

 

344,622

 

51,067

 

3,411,496

 

PCI Loans

 

36,816

 

39,250

 

19,817

 

4,509

 

100,392

 

 

 

$

1,637,266

 

$

1,457,253

 

$

364,551

 

$

55,576

 

$

3,514,646

 

 

The allowance for non-covered loan losses was distributed by portfolio segment and impairment methodology as shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

421

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

421

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

14,794

 

9,447

 

8,021

 

174

 

32,436

 

PCI Loans

 

2,847

 

551

 

65

 

111

 

3,574

 

 

 

$

18,062

 

$

9,998

 

$

8,086

 

$

285

 

$

36,431

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

421

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

421

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

13,724

 

7,953

 

7,918

 

88

 

29,683

 

PCI Loans

 

2,720

 

378

 

39

 

 

3,137

 

 

 

$

16,865

 

$

8,331

 

$

7,957

 

$

88

 

$

33,241

 

 

6. Covered Assets and Indemnification Asset

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Bank assumed substantially all of the liabilities, including all of the deposits, and acquired substantially all of the assets of FNB in an FDIC-assisted transaction on September 13, 2013. Pursuant to the loss-share agreements, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank the following amounts with respect to the covered assets: (i) 80% of losses on the first $240.4 million of losses incurred; (ii) 0% of losses in excess of $240.4 million up to and including $365.7 million of losses incurred; and (iii) 80% of losses in excess of $365.7 million of losses incurred. The Bank has also agreed to reimburse the FDIC for any subsequent recoveries. The loss-share agreements for commercial and single family residential loans are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date, and the loss recovery provisions to the FDIC are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date. The asset arising from the loss-share agreements, which we refer to as the “FDIC Indemnification Asset,” is measured separately from the covered loan portfolio because the agreements are not contractually embedded in the covered loans and are not transferable should the Bank choose to dispose of the covered loans.

 

In accordance with the loss-share agreements, the Bank may be required to make a “true-up” payment to the FDIC approximately ten years following the Bank Closing Date if the FDIC’s initial estimate of losses on covered assets is greater than the actual realized losses. The “true-up” payment is calculated using a defined formula set forth in the P&A Agreement.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Covered Loans and Allowance for Covered Loan Losses

 

Loans acquired in a FDIC-assisted acquisition that are subject to a loss-share agreement are referred to as “covered loans” and reported separately in the consolidated balance sheets. Covered loans are reported exclusive of the cash flow reimbursements that may be received from the FDIC.

 

The Bank’s portfolio of acquired covered loans had a fair value of $1.1 billion as of the Bank Closing Date, with no carryover of any allowance for loan losses. Acquired covered loans were preliminarily segregated between those considered to be PCI loans and those without credit impairment at acquisition.

 

In connection with the FNB Transaction, the Bank acquired loans both with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. The Company’s accounting policies for acquired covered loans, including covered PCI loans, are consistent with that of acquired non-covered loans, as described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company has established under its PCI accounting policy a framework to aggregate certain acquired covered loans into various loan pools based on a minimum of two layers of common risk characteristics for the purpose of determining their respective fair values as of their acquisition dates, and for applying the subsequent recognition and measurement provisions for income accretion and impairment testing.

 

The following table presents the carrying value of the covered loans summarized by portfolio segment (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

50,016

 

$

66,943

 

Real estate

 

698,225

 

787,982

 

Construction and land development

 

96,772

 

151,444

 

Consumer

 

 

 

Total covered loans

 

845,013

 

1,006,369

 

Allowance for covered loans

 

(4,115

)

(1,061

)

Total covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

840,898

 

$

1,005,308

 

 

The following table presents the carrying value and the outstanding contractual balance of the covered PCI loans (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Carrying amount

 

$

595,218

 

$

729,156

 

Outstanding balance

 

874,589

 

1,022,514

 

 

Changes in the accretable yield for the covered PCI loans were as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

176,469

 

$

156,548

 

Increases in expected cash flows

 

26,871

 

57,581

 

Transfer of loans to covered OREO

 

111

 

5,372

 

Accretion

 

(17,310

)

(33,360

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

186,141

 

$

186,141

 

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The remaining nonaccretable difference for covered PCI loans was $389.7 million and $517.9 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

Covered impaired loans include non-accrual loans, TDRs, PCI loans and partially charged-off loans. Substantially all covered impaired loans are PCI loans. The amounts shown in following tables include Pooled Loans, as well as loans accounted for on an individual basis. For Pooled Loans, the recorded investment with allowance and the related allowance consider impairment measured at the pool level. Covered impaired loans are summarized by class in the following tables (in thousands).

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual

 

Investment with

 

Investment with

 

Recorded

 

Related

 

 

 

Principal Balance

 

No Allowance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Allowance

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

32,119

 

$

11,877

 

$

7,051

 

$

18,928

 

$

108

 

Unsecured

 

16,091

 

3,124

 

5,284

 

8,408

 

883

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

480,651

 

221,909

 

93,668

 

315,577

 

1,186

 

Secured by residential properties

 

269,049

 

159,048

 

16,820

 

175,868

 

1,355

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

4,929

 

1,905

 

1,170

 

3,075

 

5

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

137,053

 

65,337

 

13,246

 

78,583

 

377

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

939,892

 

$

463,200

 

$

137,239

 

$

600,439

 

$

3,914

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual

 

Investment with

 

Investment with

 

Recorded

 

Related

 

 

 

Principal Balance

 

No Allowance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Allowance

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

43,957

 

$

28,611

 

$

 

$

28,611

 

$

 

Unsecured

 

16,280

 

9,008

 

882

 

9,890

 

882

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

528,825

 

365,346

 

 

365,346

 

 

Secured by residential properties

 

289,094

 

199,581

 

 

199,581

 

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

8,920

 

5,280

 

 

5,280

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

183,117

 

121,363

 

 

121,363

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,070,193

 

$

729,189

 

$

882

 

$

730,071

 

$

882

 

 

Average investment in covered impaired loans is summarized by class in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

20,585

 

$

23,770

 

Unsecured

 

8,688

 

9,149

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

327,508

 

340,462

 

Secured by residential properties

 

182,264

 

187,725

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

3,669

 

4,178

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

84,800

 

99,973

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

627,514

 

$

665,257

 

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Covered non-accrual loans, excluding those classified as held for sale, are summarized by class in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

1,141

 

$

91

 

Unsecured

 

954

 

882

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

10,910

 

40

 

Secured by residential properties

 

1,710

 

209

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

1,905

 

575

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

14

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

16,634

 

$

1,797

 

 

At June 30, 2014, covered non-accrual loans included covered PCI loans of $11.4 million for which discount accretion has been suspended because the extent and timing of cash flows from these covered PCI loans can no longer be reasonably estimated.

 

Interest income recorded on covered accruing impaired loans and on covered non-accrual loans for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 was nominal. Except as noted above, covered PCI loans are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method. Additionally, no acquired covered performing loans have been modified in a TDR.

 

An analysis of the aging of the Bank’s covered loan portfolio is shown in the following tables (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing Loans

 

 

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Total

 

Current

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Past Due

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

90 Days or More

 

Past Due Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

90 Days or More

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

 

$

915

 

$

226

 

$

1,141

 

$

21,293

 

$

17,787

 

$

40,221

 

$

 

Unsecured

 

1,000

 

 

71

 

1,071

 

387

 

8,337

 

9,795

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

580

 

100

 

609

 

1,289

 

56,520

 

315,197

 

373,006

 

229

 

Secured by residential properties

 

1,298

 

764

 

1,137

 

3,199

 

147,862

 

174,158

 

325,219

 

43

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

1,905

 

1,905

 

1,093

 

1,170

 

4,168

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

57

 

227

 

 

284

 

13,751

 

78,569

 

92,604

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,935

 

$

2,006

 

$

3,948

 

$

8,889

 

$

240,906

 

$

595,218

 

$

845,013

 

$

272

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing Loans

 

 

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Total

 

Current

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Past Due

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

90 Days or More

 

Past Due Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

90 Days or More

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

$

3,904

 

$

10

 

$

81

 

$

3,995

 

$

20,918

 

$

28,520

 

$

53,433

 

$

 

Secured

 

10

 

259

 

 

269

 

3,351

 

9,890

 

13,510

 

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

999

 

 

40

 

1,039

 

63,780

 

365,306

 

430,125

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

1,679

 

678

 

209

 

2,566

 

155,919

 

199,372

 

357,857

 

 

Secured by residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development:

 

1,861

 

 

576

 

2,437

 

5,026

 

4,705

 

12,168

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

244

 

20

 

 

264

 

17,649

 

121,363

 

139,276

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

$

8,697

 

$

967

 

$

906

 

$

10,570

 

$

266,643

 

$

729,156

 

$

1,006,369

 

$

 

 

30



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The Bank assigns a risk grade to each of its covered loans in a manner consistent with the existing loan review program and risk grading matrix used for non-covered loans, as described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. The following tables present the internal risk grades of covered loans in the portfolio by class (in thousands).

 

 

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

PCI

 

Total

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

15,233

 

$

 

$

7,201

 

$

17,787

 

$

40,221

 

Unsecured

 

156

 

 

1,302

 

8,337

 

9,795

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

47,299

 

1,681

 

8,829

 

315,197

 

373,006

 

Secured by residential properties

 

143,451

 

 

7,610

 

174,158

 

325,219

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

1,093

 

 

1,905

 

1,170

 

4,168

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

11,527

 

 

2,508

 

78,569

 

92,604

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

218,759

 

$

1,681

 

$

29,355

 

$

595,218

 

$

845,013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

PCI

 

Total

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

24,152

 

$

 

$

761

 

$

28,520

 

$

53,433

 

Unsecured

 

3,040

 

 

580

 

9,890

 

13,510

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

59,343

 

3,310

 

2,166

 

365,306

 

430,125

 

Secured by residential properties

 

155,439

 

 

3,046

 

199,372

 

357,857

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

6,087

 

 

1,376

 

4,705

 

12,168

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

17,806

 

 

107

 

121,363

 

139,276

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

265,867

 

$

3,310

 

$

8,036

 

$

729,156

 

$

1,006,369

 

 

The Bank’s impairment methodology for the covered loans is consistent with that of non-covered loans as discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. To the extent there is experienced or projected credit deterioration on the acquired covered loan pools subsequent to amounts estimated at the previous quarterly recast date and expected cash flows for a loan or pool decreases, an increase in the allowance for loan losses is made through a charge to the provision for loan losses. If expected cash flows for a loan or pool increase, any previously established allowance for loan losses is reversed and any remaining difference increases the accretable yield which will be taken into income over the remaining life of the loan. Additionally, provision for credit losses will be recorded on advances on covered loans subsequent to the acquisition date in a manner consistent with the allowance for non-covered loan losses.

 

Changes in the allowance for covered loan losses, distributed by portfolio segment, are shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Three months ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

932

 

$

1,696

 

$

37

 

$

 

$

2,665

 

Provision charged to operations

 

214

 

855

 

381

 

 

1,450

 

Loans charged off

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries on charged off loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

1,146

 

$

2,551

 

$

418

 

$

 

$

4,115

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Six months ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

1,053

 

$

8

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,061

 

Provision charged to operations

 

184

 

2,587

 

533

 

 

3,304

 

Loans charged off

 

(91

)

(44

)

(115

)

 

(250

)

Recoveries on charged off loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

1,146

 

$

2,551

 

$

418

 

$

 

$

4,115

 

 

31



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The covered loan portfolio was distributed by portfolio segment and impairment methodology as shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

915

 

$

 

$

801

 

$

 

$

1,716

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

22,977

 

208,870

 

16,232

 

 

248,079

 

PCI Loans

 

26,124

 

489,355

 

79,739

 

 

595,218

 

 

 

$

50,016

 

$

698,225

 

$

96,772

 

$

 

$

845,013

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

28,533

 

223,304

 

25,376

 

 

277,213

 

PCI Loans

 

38,410

 

564,678

 

126,068

 

 

729,156

 

 

 

$

66,943

 

$

787,982

 

$

151,444

 

$

 

$

1,006,369

 

 

The allowance for covered loan losses was distributed by portfolio segment and impairment methodology as shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

155

 

10

 

36

 

 

201

 

PCI Loans

 

991

 

2,541

 

382

 

 

3,914

 

 

 

$

1,146

 

$

2,551

 

$

418

 

$

 

$

4,115

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

171

 

8

 

 

 

179

 

PCI Loans

 

882

 

 

 

 

882

 

 

 

$

1,053

 

$

8

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,061

 

 

Covered Other Real Estate Owned

 

A summary of the activity in covered OREO is as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

152,310

 

$

142,833

 

Additions to covered OREO

 

8,802

 

31,992

 

Dispositions of covered OREO

 

(16,410

)

(29,692

)

Valuation adjustments in the period

 

(2,528

)

(2,959

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

142,174

 

$

142,174

 

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

FDIC Indemnification Asset

 

A summary of the activity in the FDIC Indemnification Asset is as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

188,736

 

$

188,291

 

FDIC Indemnification Asset accretion (amortization)

 

490

 

1,847

 

Transfers to due from FDIC and other

 

(14,112

)

(15,024

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

175,114

 

$

175,114

 

 

7. Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

The following tables present the changes in fair value of the Company’s MSR and other information related to our serviced portfolio (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

29,939

 

$

4,430

 

$

20,149

 

$

2,080

 

Additions

 

7,376

 

2,180

 

14,808

 

4,305

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to changes in model inputs or assumptions (1)

 

(1,113

)

608

 

1,651

 

907

 

Due to customer payments

 

(325

)

(107

)

(731

)

(181

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

35,877

 

$

7,111

 

$

35,877

 

$

7,111

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Mortgage loans serviced for others

 

$

3,300,871

 

$

1,965,883

 

MSR as a percentage of serviced mortgage loans

 

1.09

%

1.02

%

 


(1)          Primarily represents changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, which are primarily affected by changes in interest rates and the refinement of other MSR model assumptions.

 

The key assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the Company’s MSR were as follows.

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Weighted average constant prepayment rate

 

10.32

%

9.72

%

Weighted average discount rate

 

11.11

%

12.37

%

Weighted average life (in years)

 

7.2

 

7.6

 

 

A sensitivity analysis of the fair value of the Company’s MSR to certain key assumptions is presented in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Constant prepayment rate:

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of 10% adverse change

 

$

(961

)

$

(601

)

Impact of 20% adverse change

 

(1,855

)

(1,170

)

Discount rate:

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of 100 basis point adverse change

 

(1,039

)

(631

)

Impact of 200 basis point adverse change

 

(1,994

)

(1,236

)

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

This sensitivity analysis presents the effect of hypothetical changes in key assumptions on the fair value of the MSR. The effect of such hypothetical change in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in one key assumption to the change in the fair value of the MSR is not linear. In addition, in the analysis, the impact of an adverse change in one key assumption is calculated independent of any impact on other assumptions. In reality, changes in one assumption may change another assumption.

 

Contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and ancillary fees earned of $2.8 million and $0.6 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $5.0 million and $0.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were included in other noninterest income within the consolidated statements of operations.

 

8. Deposits

 

Deposits are summarized as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

$

1,829,072

 

$

1,773,749

 

Interest-bearing:

 

 

 

 

 

NOW accounts

 

1,143,753

 

1,083,596

 

Money market

 

857,208

 

878,578

 

Brokered - money market

 

102,228

 

276,760

 

Demand

 

78,133

 

47,636

 

Savings

 

259,540

 

357,325

 

Time

 

1,753,292

 

2,110,947

 

Brokered - time

 

132,084

 

194,327

 

 

 

$

6,155,310

 

$

6,722,918

 

 

9. Short-term Borrowings

 

Short-term borrowings are summarized as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Federal funds purchased

 

$

205,425

 

$

137,225

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

129,768

 

107,462

 

Federal Home Loan Bank notes

 

750,000

 

 

Short-term bank loans

 

102,000

 

97,400

 

 

 

$

1,187,193

 

$

342,087

 

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature daily, on demand, or on some other short-term basis. The Bank and FSC execute transactions to sell securities under agreements to repurchase with both customers and broker-dealers. Securities involved in these transactions are held by the Bank, FSC or the dealer.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Information concerning federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase is shown in the following tables (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Average balance during the period

 

$

331,142

 

$

304,418

 

Average interest rate during the period

 

0.17

%

0.20

%

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Average interest rate at end of period

 

0.11

%

0.16

%

Securities underlying the agreements at end of period:

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

$

174,772

 

$

144,991

 

Estimated fair value

 

$

171,946

 

$

138,719

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) notes mature over terms not exceeding 365 days and are collateralized by FHLB Dallas stock, nonspecified real estate loans and certain specific commercial real estate loans. Other information regarding FHLB notes is shown in the following tables (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Average balance during the period

 

$

137,159

 

$

147,241

 

Average interest rate during the period

 

0.14

%

0.12

%

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Average interest rate at end of period

 

0.15

%

 

 

FSC uses short-term bank loans periodically to finance securities owned, margin loans to customers and correspondents, and underwriting activities. Interest on the borrowings varies with the federal funds rate. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was 1.12% and 1.15%, respectively.

 

10. Income Taxes

 

The Company applies an estimated annual effective rate to interim period pre-tax income to calculate the income tax provision for the quarter in accordance with the principal method prescribed by the accounting guidance established for computing income taxes in interim periods. The Company’s effective rate was 36.2% and 37.0% for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 36.2% and 36.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

GAAP requires the measurement of uncertain tax positions. Uncertain tax positions are the difference between a tax position taken, or expected to be taken in a tax return, and the benefit recognized for accounting purposes. There were no uncertain tax positions at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

The Company files income tax returns in U.S. federal and several U.S. state jurisdictions. The Company is subject to tax audits in numerous jurisdictions in the U.S. until the applicable statute of limitations expires. Excluding those entities acquired as a part of the PlainsCapital Merger, the Company has been examined by U.S. tax authorities for U.S. federal income tax years prior to 2010, and is under no federal or state tax audits at June 30, 2014. PlainsCapital has been examined by U.S. tax authorities for U.S. federal income tax years prior to 2011, and is under no federal or state tax audits at June 30, 2014.

 

For the majority of tax jurisdictions, the Company is no longer subject to federal, state or local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2010.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Legal Matters

 

The Company is subject to loss contingencies related to litigation, claims, investigations and legal and administrative cases and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company evaluates these contingencies based on information currently available, including advice of counsel. The Company establishes accruals for those matters when a loss contingency is considered probable and the related amount is reasonably estimable. Any accruals are periodically reviewed and may be adjusted as circumstances change. Some of the Company’s exposure with respect to loss contingencies may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. In determining the amounts of any accruals or estimates of possible loss contingencies however, the Company does not take into account the availability of insurance coverage. When it is practicable, the Company estimates loss contingencies for possible litigation and claims, whether or not there is an accrued probable loss. When the Company is able to estimate such possible losses, and when it estimates that it is reasonably possible it could incur losses, in excess of amounts accrued, the Company is required to make a disclosure of the aggregate estimation. However, as available information changes, the matters for which the Company is able to estimate, as well as the estimates themselves will be adjusted, accordingly.

 

Assessments of litigation and claims exposures are difficult due to many factors that involve inherent unpredictability. Those factors include the following: the varying stages of the proceedings, particularly in the early stages; unspecified, unsupported, or uncertain damages; damages other than compensatory, such as punitive damages; a matter presenting meaningful legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; multiple defendants and jurisdictions; whether discovery has begun or not or discovery is not complete; meaningful settlement discussions have not commenced; and whether the claim involves a class action and if so, how the class is defined. As a result of some of these factors, the Company may be unable to estimate reasonably possible losses with respect to some or all of the pending and threatened litigation and claims asserted against the Company.

 

Each of Hilltop, Peruna LLC (wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop), SWS and the individual members of the board of directors of SWS have been named as defendants in two purported stockholder class action lawsuits arising out of the pending merger. Both lawsuits were filed in Delaware Chancery Court ( Joseph Arceri v. SWS Group, Inc. et al and Chaile Steinberg v. SWS Group, Inc. et al filed April 8, 2014 and April 11, 2014, respectively). On May 13, 2014, the Delaware Chancery Court consolidated the two actions for all purposes. On June 10, 2014, plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint. The complaint generally alleges, among other things, that the SWS board of directors breached its fiduciary duties to stockholders by failing to take steps to maximize stockholder value or to engage in a fair sale process before approving the merger and by making incomplete or misleading disclosures, and that the other defendants aided and abetted such breaches of fiduciary duty. The complaints allege, among other things, that the SWS board of directors labored under conflicts of interest, and that certain provisions of the merger agreement unduly restrict SWS’s ability to negotiate with other potential bidders. The complaints seek relief that includes, among other things, an injunction prohibiting the consummation of the merger, rescission to the extent the merger terms have already been implemented, damages for the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, and the payment of plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees and costs. On June 16, 2014, plaintiffs moved for a preliminary injunction prohibiting the consummation of the merger, and for expedited proceedings in connection therewith. Hilltop believes that the claims are without merit and intends to vigorously defend against these actions.

 

The Company is involved in information-gathering requests and investigations (both formal and informal), as well as reviews, examinations and proceedings (collectively, “Inquiries”) by various governmental regulatory agencies, law enforcement authorities and self-regulatory bodies regarding its business, business practices and policies, as well as the conduct of persons with whom it does business. Additional Inquiries will arise from time to time. In connection with those Inquiries, the Company receives document requests, subpoenas and other requests for information. The Inquiries, including the Inquiry described below, could develop into administrative, civil or criminal proceedings or enforcement actions that could result in consequences that have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a whole. Such consequences could include adverse judgments, findings, settlements, penalties, fines, orders, injunctions, restitution, or alterations in the Company’s business practices, and could result in

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

additional expenses and collateral costs, including reputational damage.

 

As a part of an industry-wide inquiry, PrimeLending received a subpoena from the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development regarding mortgage-related practices, including those relating to origination practices for loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration. PrimeLending is cooperating with this Inquiry.

 

While the final outcome of litigation and claims exposures or of any Inquiries is inherently unpredictable, management is currently of the opinion that the outcome of pending and threatened litigation and Inquiries will not have a material effect on the Company’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a whole. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is reasonably possible that an adverse outcome in any of the matters discussed above could be material to the Company’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period of occurrence.

 

Other Contingencies

 

The mortgage origination segment may be responsible for errors or omissions relating to its representations and warranties that each loan sold meets certain requirements, including representations as to underwriting standards and the validity of certain borrower representations in connection with the loan. If determined to be at fault, the mortgage origination segment either repurchases the affected loan from the investor or reimburses the investor’s losses. The mortgage origination segment has established an indemnification liability reserve for such probable losses.

 

Generally, the mortgage origination segment first becomes aware that an investor believes a loss has been incurred on a sold loan when it receives a written request from the investor to repurchase the loan or reimburse the investor’s losses. Upon completing its review of the investor’s request, the mortgage origination segment establishes a specific claims reserve for the loan if it concludes its obligation to the investor is both probable and reasonably estimable.

 

An additional reserve has been established for probable investor losses that may have been incurred, but not yet reported to the mortgage origination segment based upon a reasonable estimate of such losses. Factors considered in the calculation of this reserve include, but are not limited to, the total volume of loans sold exclusive of specific investor requests, actual investor claim settlements and the severity of estimated losses resulting from future claims, and the mortgage origination segment’s history of successfully curing defects identified in investor claim requests. While the mortgage origination segment’s sales contracts typically include borrower early payment default repurchase provisions, these provisions have not been a primary driver of investor claims to date, and therefore, are not a primary factor considered in the calculation of this reserve.

 

At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the mortgage origination segment’s indemnification liability reserve totaled $19.7 million and $21.1 million, respectively. The provision for indemnification losses was $0.9 million and $1.0 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $1.4 million and $2.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The following tables provide for a roll-forward of claims activity for loans put-back to the mortgage origination segment based upon an alleged breach of a representation or warranty with respect to a loan sold and related indemnification liability reserve activity (in thousands).

 

 

 

Representation and Warranty Specific Claims
Activity - Origination Loan Balance

 

Representation and Warranty Specific Claims
Activity - Origination Loan Balance

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

51,929

 

$

41,230

 

$

51,912

 

$

39,693

 

Claims made

 

11,799

 

8,034

 

17,873

 

19,654

 

Claims resolved with no payment

 

(4,873

)

(593

)

(9,331

)

(8,413

)

Repurchases

 

(4,360

)

(1,248

)

(5,268

)

(2,899

)

Indemnification payments

 

(1,372

)

(1,333

)

(2,063

)

(1,945

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

53,123

 

$

46,090

 

$

53,123

 

$

46,090

 

 

 

 

Indemnification Liability Reserve Activity

 

Indemnification Liability Reserve Activity

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

20,975

 

$

19,701

 

$

21,121

 

$

18,964

 

Additions for new sales

 

852

 

956

 

1,412

 

1,956

 

Repurchases

 

(524

)

(82

)

(1,028

)

(135

)

Early payment defaults

 

(56

)

(137

)

(77

)

(232

)

Indemnification payments

 

(931

)

(219

)

(1,112

)

(524

)

Change in estimate

 

(628

)

178

 

(628

)

368

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

19,688

 

$

20,397

 

$

19,688

 

$

20,397

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve for Indemnification Liability:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specific claims

 

$

12,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incurred but not reported claims

 

6,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

19,688

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Although management considers the total indemnification liability reserve to be appropriate, there may be changes in the reserve over time to address incurred losses, due to unanticipated adverse changes in the economy and historical loss patterns, discrete events adversely affecting specific borrowers or industries, and/or actions taken by institutions or investors. The impact of such matters is considered in the reserving process when probable and estimable.

 

In connection with the FNB Transaction, the Bank entered into two loss-share agreements with the FDIC that collectively cover $1.2 billion of loans and OREO acquired in the FNB Transaction. Pursuant to the loss-share agreements, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank the following amounts with respect to the covered assets: (i) 80% of losses on the first $240.4 million of losses incurred; (ii) 0% of losses in excess of $240.4 million up to and including $365.7 million of losses incurred; and (iii) 80% of losses in excess of $365.7 million of losses incurred. The Bank has also agreed to reimburse the FDIC for any subsequent recoveries. The loss-share agreements for commercial and single family residential loans are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date and the loss recovery provisions to the FDIC are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date. In accordance with the loss-share agreements, the Bank may be required to make a “true-up” payment to the FDIC approximately ten years following the Bank Closing Date if the FDIC’s initial estimate of losses on covered assets is greater than the actual realized losses. The “true-up” payment is calculated using a defined formula set forth in the P&A Agreement.

 

12. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

 

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit that involve varying degrees of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement (and therefore the exposure to credit loss) the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer provided that the terms established in the contract are met. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and may require payment of fees. Because some commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan commitments to customers.

 

In the aggregate, the Bank had outstanding unused commitments to extend credit of $1.2 billion at June 30, 2014 and outstanding financial and performance standby letters of credit of $40.6 million at June 30, 2014.

 

The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, in these transactions is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but may include real estate, accounts receivable, marketable securities, interest-bearing deposit accounts, inventory, and property, plant and equipment.

 

In the normal course of business, FSC executes, settles, and finances various securities transactions that may expose FSC to off-balance sheet risk in the event that a customer or counterparty does not fulfill its contractual obligations. Examples of such transactions include the sale of securities not yet purchased by customers or for the account of FSC, clearing agreements between FSC and various clearinghouses and broker-dealers, secured financing arrangements that involve pledged securities, and when-issued underwriting and purchase commitments.

 

13. Stock-Based Compensation

 

Pursuant to the Hilltop Holdings 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”), the Company may grant nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalent rights and other awards to employees of the Company, its subsidiaries and outside directors of the Company. Upon the approval by stockholders and effectiveness of the 2012 Plan in September 2012, no additional awards were permissible under the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan”). In the aggregate, 4,000,000 shares of common stock may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the 2012 Plan. At June 30, 2014, 3,167,928 shares of common stock remain available for issuance pursuant to the 2012 Plan.

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company awarded certain executives and key employees an aggregate of 346,718 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) pursuant to the 2012 Plan. A total of 276,681 of these RSUs are subject to time-based vesting conditions and generally cliff vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining RSUs vest based upon the achievement of certain performance goals over a three-year period. These RSUs are subject to service conditions set forth in the award agreements, with associated costs recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective vesting periods. The weighted average grant date fair value related to these RSUs was $23.92 per share. At June 30, 2014, unrecognized compensation expense related to these RSUs was $7.7 million, which will be amortized through March 2017. The RSUs are not transferable, and the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of vested RSUs are generally subject to transfer restrictions for a period of one year following conversion, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, the applicable RSU award agreements provide for accelerated vesting under certain conditions.

 

During 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company awarded certain executives and key employees a total of 471,000 restricted shares of common stock (“Restricted Stock Awards”) pursuant to the 2012 Plan. These Restricted Stock Awards generally cliff vest on the third anniversary of the grant date and are subject to service conditions set forth in the award agreements, with associated costs recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective vesting periods. The weighted average grant date fair value related to these Restricted Stock Awards was $13.32 per share. At June 30, 2014, unrecognized compensation expense related to these Restricted Stock Awards was $3.8 million, which will be amortized through September 2016. The award agreements governing these Restricted Stock Awards provide for accelerated vesting under certain conditions.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, Hilltop granted 5,011 and 3,530 shares of common stock to independent members of the Company’s Board of Directors for services rendered to the Company pursuant to the 2012 Plan.

 

Stock options granted on November 2, 2011 to two senior executives pursuant to the 2003 Plan to purchase an aggregate of 600,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Stock Option Awards”) at an exercise price of $7.70 per share were outstanding at June 30, 2014. These Stock Option Awards vest in five equal installments beginning on the grant date, with the remainder vesting on each grant date anniversary through 2015. At June 30, 2014, unrecognized compensation expense related to these Stock Option Awards was $0.1 million, which will be amortized through October 2015. Additionally, these Stock Option Awards expire on November 2, 2016.

 

Compensation expense related to the plans was $1.3 million and $0.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $2.0 million and $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

14. Regulatory Matters

 

Bank

 

The Bank and Hilltop are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct, material effect on the consolidated financial statements. The regulations require us to meet specific capital adequacy guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the companies to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to total average assets (as defined), and minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets (as defined).

 

In July 2013, federal banking regulators released final rules for the regulation of capital and liquidity for U.S. banking organizations, establishing a new comprehensive capital framework (“Basel III”) for U.S. banking organizations that will become effective for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period through January 2019).

 

In addition, under the final rules, bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009 are allowed to continue to include junior subordinated debentures in Tier 1 capital, subject to certain restrictions. However, if an institution grows to above $15 billion in assets as a result of an acquisition, or organically grows to above $15 billion in assets and then makes an acquisition, the combined trust preferred issuances must be phased out of Tier 1 and into Tier 2 capital (75% in 2015 and 100% in 2016). It is possible that the Company may accelerate redemption of the existing junior subordinated debentures. All of the debentures issued to the Trusts, less the common stock of the Trusts, qualified as Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2014, under guidance issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Management believes that, as of June 30, 2014, Hilltop and the Bank would meet all applicable capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III capital rules for banks with less than $15 billion in assets on a fully phased-in basis as if such requirements were currently in effect.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The following table shows the Bank’s and Hilltop’s consolidated actual capital amounts and ratios compared to the regulatory minimum capital requirements and the Bank’s regulatory minimum capital requirements needed to qualify as a “well-capitalized” institution (dollars in thousands), without giving effect to the final Basel III capital rules.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well Capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Capital

 

Minimum Capital

 

 

 

Actual

 

Requirements

 

Requirements

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

$

811,068

 

9.97

%

$

325,381

 

4

%

$

406,726

 

5

%

Hilltop

 

1,167,323

 

13.51

%

345,651

 

4

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

811,068

 

13.22

%

245,444

 

4

%

$

368,166

 

6

%

Hilltop

 

1,167,323

 

18.11

%

257,816

 

4

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

852,846

 

13.90

%

490,888

 

8

%

$

613,610

 

10

%

Hilltop

 

1,211,017

 

18.79

%

515,632

 

8

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

$

762,364

 

9.29

%

$

328,275

 

4

%

$

410,344

 

5

%

Hilltop

 

1,112,424

 

12.81

%

347,480

 

4

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

762,364

 

13.38

%

227,984

 

4

%

341,976

 

6

%

Hilltop

 

1,112,424

 

18.53

%

240,159

 

4

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

797,771

 

14.00

%

455,968

 

8

%

569,960

 

10

%

Hilltop

 

1,148,736

 

19.13

%

480,318

 

8

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

To be considered “adequately capitalized” (as defined) under regulatory requirements, the Bank must maintain minimum Tier 1 capital to total average assets and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratios of 4%, and a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 8%. Based on the actual capital amounts and ratios shown in the previous table, the Bank’s ratios place it in the “well capitalized” (as defined) capital category under regulatory requirements.

 

Financial Advisory

 

Pursuant to the net capital requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), FSC has elected to determine its net capital requirements using the alternative method. Accordingly, FSC is required to maintain minimum net capital, as defined in Rule 15c3-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act, equal to the greater of $250,000 or 2% of aggregate debit balances, as defined in Rule 15c3-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. At June 30, 2014, FSC had net capital of $60.3 million (the minimum net capital requirement was $5.8 million), net capital maintained by FSC was 21% of aggregate debits, and net capital in excess of the minimum requirement was $54.5 million.

 

Under certain conditions, FSC may be required to segregate cash and securities in a special reserve account for the benefit of customers under Rule 15c3-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Assets segregated under the provisions of the Exchange Act are not available for general corporate purposes. FSC was required to segregate $4.0 million in cash and securities at June 30, 2014, which is included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2013, FSC was not required to segregate cash and securities.

 

FSC was not required to segregate cash or securities in a special reserve account for the benefit of proprietary accounts of introducing broker-dealers at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Mortgage Origination

 

As a mortgage originator, PrimeLending is subject to minimum net worth requirements established by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) and the GNMA. On an annual basis, PrimeLending submits audited financial statements to HUD and GNMA documenting PrimeLending’s compliance with its minimum net worth requirements. In addition, PrimeLending monitors compliance on an ongoing basis and, as of June 30, 2014, PrimeLending’s net worth exceeded the amounts required by both HUD and GNMA.

 

Insurance

 

The statutory financial statements of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries, which are domiciled in the State of Texas, are presented on the basis of accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Texas Department of Insurance. Texas has adopted the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ (“NAIC”) statutory accounting practices as the basis of its statutory accounting practices with certain differences that are not significant to the insurance company subsidiaries’ statutory equity.

 

A summary of statutory capital and surplus and statutory net income (loss) of each insurance subsidiary is as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Capital and surplus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Lloyds Insurance Company

 

$

100,479

 

$

98,602

 

 

 

 

 

American Summit Insurance Company

 

28,004

 

26,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Statutory net income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Lloyds Insurance Company

 

$

(4,664

)

$

(13,331

)

$

1,322

 

$

(9,940

)

American Summit Insurance Company

 

245

 

(1,380

)

1,376

 

(1,129

)

 

Regulations of the Texas Department of Insurance require insurance companies to maintain minimum levels of statutory surplus to ensure their ability to meet their obligations to policyholders. At June 30, 2014, the Company’s insurance subsidiaries had statutory surplus in excess of the minimum required.

 

The NAIC has adopted a risk based capital (“RBC”) formula for insurance companies that establishes minimum capital requirements indicating various levels of available regulatory action on an annual basis relating to insurance risk, asset credit risk, interest rate risk and business risk. The RBC formula is used by the NAIC and certain state insurance regulators as an early warning tool to identify companies that require additional scrutiny or regulatory action. At December 31, 2013, the most recent date for which the RBC calculation was performed, the Company’s insurance subsidiaries’ RBC ratio exceeded the level at which regulatory action would be required. As of June 30, 2014, management was not aware of any changes in financial condition or structure that would cause the Company’s insurance subsidiaries to not be in compliance with the required RBC ratio.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

15. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company uses various derivative financial instruments to mitigate interest rate risk. The Bank’s interest rate risk management strategy involves effectively modifying the re-pricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the net interest margin. PrimeLending has interest rate risk relative to interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) and its inventory of mortgage loans held for sale. PrimeLending is exposed to such rate risk from the time an IRLC is made to an applicant to the time the related mortgage loan is sold. To mitigate interest rate risk, PrimeLending executes forward commitments to sell mortgage-backed securities (“MBSs”). FSC uses forward commitments to both purchase and sell MBSs to facilitate customer transactions and as a means to hedge related exposure to interest rate risk in certain inventory positions.

 

Non-Hedging Derivative Instruments and the Fair Value Option

 

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has elected to measure substantially all mortgage loans held for sale at fair value under the provisions of the Fair Value Option. The election provides the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without applying complex hedge accounting provisions. The fair values of PrimeLending’s IRLCs and forward commitments are recorded in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, and changes in the fair values of these derivative instruments produced a net loss of $3.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to a net gain of $32.0 million during the same period in 2013, and a net loss of $5.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to a net gain of $34.0 million during the same period in 2013. The changes in the fair values of these derivative instruments were recorded as a component of net gains from sale of loans and other mortgage production income. Changes in fair value are attributable to changes in the volume of IRLCs, mortgage loans held for sale, commitments to purchase and sell MBSs and changes in market interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also conversely affect the value of PrimeLending’s mortgage loans held for sale, which are measured at fair value under the Fair Value Option. The effect of the change in market interest rates on PrimeLending’s loans held for sale is discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements. The fair values of FSC’s derivative instruments are recorded in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, and changes in the fair values of FSC’s derivatives produced net gains of $3.2 million and $3.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and net gains of $6.1 million and $5.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which were recorded as a component of other noninterest income.

 

Derivative positions are presented in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Notional

 

Estimated

 

Notional

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Derivative instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IRLCs

 

$

981,330

 

$

28,584

 

$

602,467

 

$

12,151

 

Commitments to purchase MBSs

 

416,294

 

6,870

 

236,305

 

(109

)

Commitments to sell MBSs

 

2,303,071

 

(13,847

)

1,645,332

 

11,383

 

Fee Award Option

 

20,432

 

(6,300

)

20,432

 

(5,600

)

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

16. Balance Sheet Offsetting

 

Certain financial instruments, including resale and repurchase agreements, securities lending arrangements and derivatives, may be eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheets and/or subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements. The following tables present the assets and liabilities subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, repurchase agreements, or similar agreements with offsetting rights (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Amounts

 

the Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts

 

Gross Amounts

 

of Assets

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

of Recognized

 

Offset in the

 

Presented in the

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

Net

 

 

 

Assets

 

Balance Sheet

 

Balance Sheet

 

Instruments

 

Pledged

 

Amount

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities borrowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

$

163,682

 

$

 

$

163,682

 

$

(163,682

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

$

163,682

 

$

 

$

163,682

 

$

(163,682

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities borrowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

$

107,365

 

$

 

$

107,365

 

$

(107,365

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward MBS derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

11,489

 

(76

)

11,413

 

 

(286

)

11,127

 

 

 

$

118,854

 

$

(76

)

$

118,778

 

$

(107,365

)

$

(286

)

$

11,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Amounts

 

the Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts

 

Gross Amounts

 

of Liabilities

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

of Recognized

 

Offset in the

 

Presented in the

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

Net

 

 

 

Liabities

 

Balance Sheet

 

Balance Sheet

 

Instruments

 

Pledged

 

Amount

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities loaned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

$

133,162

 

$

 

$

133,162

 

$

(133,162

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer counterparties

 

123,856

 

 

123,856

 

(123,856

)

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

5,912

 

 

5,912

 

(5,912

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward MBS derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

13,938

 

(91

)

13,847

 

 

(7,845

)

6,002

 

 

 

$

276,868

 

$

(91

)

$

276,777

 

$

(262,930

)

$

(7,845

)

$

6,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities loaned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

$

74,913

 

$

 

$

74,913

 

$

(74,913

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer counterparties

 

107,462

 

 

107,462

 

(107,462

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward MBS derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

30

 

 

30

 

 

(17

)

13

 

 

 

$

182,405

 

$

 

$

182,405

 

$

(182,375

)

$

(17

)

$

13

 

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

17. Broker-Dealer and Clearing Organization Receivables and Payables

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables and payables consisted of the following (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

Securities borrowed

 

$

163,682

 

$

107,365

 

Securities failed to deliver

 

26,974

 

7,160

 

Clearing organizations

 

80

 

4,698

 

Due from dealers

 

28

 

94

 

 

 

$

190,764

 

$

119,317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables:

 

 

 

 

 

Securities loaned

 

$

133,162

 

$

74,913

 

Correspondents

 

49,885

 

44,852

 

Securities failed to receive

 

28,002

 

5,523

 

Clearing organizations

 

16,842

 

4,390

 

 

 

$

227,891

 

$

129,678

 

 

18. Reserves for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 

Information regarding the reserve for unpaid losses and losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) are as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

27,468

 

$

34,012

 

Less reinsurance recoverables

 

(4,508

)

(10,385

)

Net balance, beginning of period

 

22,960

 

23,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incurred related to:

 

 

 

 

 

Current period

 

48,750

 

68,602

 

Prior periods

 

4,862

 

743

 

Total incurred

 

53,612

 

69,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments related to:

 

 

 

 

 

Current period

 

(33,171

)

(44,678

)

Prior periods

 

(11,980

)

(11,604

)

Total payments

 

(45,151

)

(56,282

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net balance, end of period

 

31,421

 

36,690

 

Plus reinsurance recoverables

 

3,725

 

5,768

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

35,146

 

$

42,458

 

 

The decrease in the reserves at June 30, 2014 as compared to June 30, 2013 of $7.3 million is primarily due to decreased reserves attributable to the decreased year-over-year severity of incurred tornado, wind and hail losses. Prior period adverse development of $4.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 was primarily related to litigation emerging from a series of hail storms within the 2012 accident year.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

19. Reinsurance Activity

 

NLC limits the maximum net loss that can arise from large risks or risks in concentrated areas of exposure by reinsuring (ceding) certain levels of risk. Substantial amounts of business are ceded, and these reinsurance contracts do not relieve NLC from its obligations to policyholders. Such reinsurance includes quota share, excess of loss, catastrophe, and other forms of reinsurance on essentially all property and casualty lines of insurance. Net insurance premiums earned, losses and LAE and policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses are reported net of the amounts related to reinsurance ceded to other companies. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers related to the portions of the liability for losses and LAE and unearned insurance premiums ceded to them are reported as assets. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to NLC; consequently, allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible as NLC evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographic regions, activities, or economic characteristics of the reinsurers to minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies. At June 30, 2014, reinsurance receivables have a carrying value of $4.1 million, which is included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheet. There was no allowance for uncollectible accounts at June 30, 2014, based on NLC’s quality requirements.

 

The effects of reinsurance on premiums written and earned are summarized as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Written

 

Earned

 

Written

 

Earned

 

Written

 

Earned

 

Written

 

Earned

 

Premiums from direct business

 

$

47,999

 

$

43,534

 

$

47,950

 

$

41,943

 

$

91,770

 

$

86,293

 

$

89,807

 

$

82,490

 

Reinsurance assumed

 

2,677

 

2,178

 

2,120

 

1,748

 

4,910

 

4,198

 

3,873

 

3,378

 

Reinsurance ceded

 

(5,295

)

(4,935

)

(5,224

)

(5,101

)

(9,481

)

(9,395

)

(9,779

)

(9,805

)

Net premiums

 

$

45,381

 

$

40,777

 

$

44,846

 

$

38,590

 

$

87,199

 

$

81,096

 

$

83,901

 

$

76,063

 

 

The effects of reinsurance on incurred losses are as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Loss and LAE incurred

 

$

36,455

 

$

49,537

 

$

54,207

 

$

70,949

 

Reinsurance recoverables

 

(1,180

)

(1,377

)

(595

)

(1,604

)

Net loss and LAE incurred

 

$

35,275

 

$

48,160

 

$

53,612

 

$

69,345

 

 

Multi-line excess of loss coverage

 

In addition to the catastrophe reinsurance noted below, both NLIC and ASIC participate in an excess of loss program placed with various reinsurers. This program is limited to each risk with respect to property and liability in the amount of $500,000 for each of NLIC and ASIC. Each of NLIC and ASIC retain $500,000 in this program.

 

Catastrophic coverage

 

At June 30, 2014, NLC had catastrophic excess of loss reinsurance coverage of losses per event in excess of $8 million retention by NLIC and $1.5 million retention by ASIC. ASIC maintained an underlying layer of coverage, providing $6.5 million in excess of its $1.5 million retention to bridge to the primary program. The reinsurance in excess of $8 million is comprised of four layers of protection: $17 million in excess of $8 million retention; $25 million in excess of $25 million loss; $50 million in excess of $50 million loss and $40 million in excess of $100 million loss. NLIC and ASIC retain no participation in any of the layers, beyond the first $8 million and $1.5 million, respectively. At June 30, 2014, total retention for any one catastrophe that affects both NLIC and ASIC was limited to $8 million in the aggregate.

 

Additionally, NLC purchased an underlying excess of loss contract that provides $10 million aggregate coverage for sub-catastrophic events. NLC retains a 34% participation in this coverage.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

20. Segment and Related Information

 

The Company currently has four reportable business segments that are organized primarily by the core products offered to the segments’ respective customers. These segments reflect the manner in which operations are managed and the criteria used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker function to evaluate segment performance, develop strategy and allocate resources. The chief operating decision maker function consists of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Chief Executive Officer of PlainsCapital. During the fourth quarter of 2013, we began presenting certain amounts previously allocated to the four reportable business segments under the heading Corporate to better reflect our internal organizational structure. This change had no impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations. The Company’s historical segment disclosures have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

 

The banking segment includes the operations of the Bank, which, since September 14, 2013, includes the operations acquired in the FNB Transaction. The mortgage origination segment is composed of PrimeLending. The insurance segment is composed of NLC. The financial advisory segment is composed of First Southwest.

 

Corporate includes certain activities not allocated to specific business segments. These activities include holding company financing and investing activities, and management and administrative services to support the overall operations of the Company including, but not limited to, certain executive management, corporate relations, legal, finance, and acquisition costs not allocated to business segments.

 

Balance sheet amounts for remaining subsidiaries not discussed previously and the elimination of intercompany transactions are included in “All Other and Eliminations.” The following tables present certain information about reportable segment revenues, operating results, goodwill and assets (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

 

 

Banking

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Advisory

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

90,828

 

$

(2,389

)

$

838

 

$

3,178

 

$

1,695

 

$

4,296

 

$

98,446

 

Provision for loan losses

 

5,516

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

5,533

 

Noninterest income

 

16,392

 

122,820

 

43,123

 

25,838

 

 

(4,892

)

203,281

 

Noninterest expense

 

60,240

 

111,224

 

49,420

 

28,359

 

2,565

 

(596

)

251,212

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

41,464

 

$

9,207

 

$

(5,459

)

$

640

 

$

(870

)

$

 

$

44,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

 

 

Banking

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Advisory

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

170,401

 

$

(6,528

)

$

1,817

 

$

5,808

 

$

3,387

 

$

8,982

 

$

183,867

 

Provision for loan losses

 

8,744

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

8,775

 

Noninterest income

 

32,621

 

214,583

 

85,896

 

50,435

 

 

(10,154

)

373,381

 

Noninterest expense

 

120,917

 

201,857

 

81,762

 

55,724

 

4,753

 

(1,172

)

463,841

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

73,361

 

$

6,198

 

$

5,951

 

$

488

 

$

(1,366

)

$

 

$

84,632

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

 

 

Banking

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Advisory

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

68,597

 

$

(11,847

)

$

873

 

$

3,511

 

$

(105

)

$

7,396

 

$

68,425

 

Provision for loan losses

 

11,300

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

11,289

 

Noninterest income

 

11,928

 

165,257

 

40,777

 

28,863

 

 

(7,592

)

239,233

 

Noninterest expense

 

31,919

 

134,487

 

62,144

 

30,373

 

1,673

 

(196

)

260,400

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

37,306

 

$

18,923

 

$

(20,494

)

$

2,012

 

$

(1,778

)

$

 

$

35,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

 

 

Banking

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Advisory

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

136,268

 

$

(23,850

)

$

1,886

 

$

6,754

 

$

(236

)

$

14,864

 

$

135,686

 

Provision for loan losses

 

24,266

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

24,294

 

Noninterest income

 

24,132

 

311,785

 

80,202

 

51,641

 

 

(15,249

)

452,511

 

Noninterest expense

 

62,599

 

256,758

 

96,410

 

56,099

 

3,910

 

(385

)

475,391

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

73,535

 

$

31,177

 

$

(14,322

)

$

2,268

 

$

(4,146

)

$

 

$

88,512

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

207,741

 

$

13,071

 

$

23,988

 

$

7,008

 

$

 

$

 

$

251,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

8,223,370

 

$

1,574,401

 

$

326,478

 

$

712,693

 

$

1,402,816

 

$

(2,843,310

)

$

9,396,448

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

207,741

 

$

13,071

 

$

23,988

 

$

7,008

 

$

 

$

 

$

251,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

7,981,517

 

$

1,249,091

 

$

308,160

 

$

520,412

 

$

1,316,398

 

$

(2,471,456

)

$

8,904,122

 

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

21. Earnings per Common Share

 

Nonvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are participating securities and are included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method prescribed by the Earnings Per Share Topic of the ASC. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. In May 2013, as discussed in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, Hilltop issued Restricted Stock Awards which qualify as participating securities.

 

Net earnings, less any preferred dividends accumulated for the period (whether or not declared), is allocated between the common stock and participating securities pursuant to the two-class method. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding participating nonvested restricted shares.

 

Diluted earnings per common share is computed in a similar manner, except that first the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if potentially dilutive common shares, excluding the participating securities, were issued using the treasury stock method. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, stock options and RSUs are the only potentially dilutive non-participating instruments issued by Hilltop, while potentially dilutive non-participating instruments for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 included stock options, RSUs and the 7.50% Senior Exchangeable Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”), which were called for redemption during the fourth quarter of 2013. Next, we determine and include in the diluted earnings per common share calculation the more dilutive effect of the participating securities using the treasury stock method or the two-class method. Undistributed losses are not allocated to the nonvested share-based payment awards (the participating securities) under the two-class method as the holders are not contractually obligated to share in the losses of the Company.

 

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share (in thousands, except per share data).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income applicable to Hilltop common stockholders

 

$

27,085

 

$

20,943

 

$

50,845

 

$

53,313

 

Less: income applicable to participating shares

 

(141

)

(116

)

(266

)

(295

)

Net earnings available to Hilltop common stockholders

 

$

26,944

 

$

20,827

 

$

50,579

 

$

53,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

 

89,709

 

83,490

 

89,708

 

83,489

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.56

 

$

0.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income applicable to Hilltop common stockholders

 

$

27,085

 

$

20,943

 

$

50,845

 

$

53,313

 

Add: interest expense on senior exchangeable notes (net of tax)

 

 

1,053

 

 

2,105

 

Net earnings available to Hilltop common stockholders

 

$

27,085

 

$

21,996

 

$

50,845

 

$

55,418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

 

89,709

 

83,490

 

89,708

 

83,489

 

Effect of potentially dilutive securities

 

860

 

6,804

 

868

 

6,636

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

90,569

 

90,294

 

90,576

 

90,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.56

 

$

0.61

 

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

22. Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 which clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers. The amendment outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the payment to which a company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The amendment also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The amendment is effective for annual periods, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016 and may be adopted using either a full retrospective transition method or a modified retrospective transition method. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of the amendment and the impact on its future consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08 which raises the threshold for a disposal to qualify as a discontinued operation and requires new disclosures of both discontinued operations and certain other disposals that do not meet the definition of a discontinued operation. The amendment is intended to reduce the frequency of disposals reported as discontinued operations by focusing on strategic shifts that have or will have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results and will permit companies to have continuing cash flows and significant continuing involvement with the disposed component. The amendment is effective for disposals (or classifications as held for sale) and acquired businesses or nonprofit activities that are classified as held for sale upon acquisition that occur within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within those years. As such, the Company will evaluate the provisions of the amendment as it relates to any potential disposals or acquisitions beginning on or after January 1, 2015.

 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04 to clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments are effective for annual periods, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014 and may be adopted using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance, but adoption of the amendments is not expected to have a significant effect on its future consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11 to require an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or portion thereof, in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. However, to the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position, or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The amendment became effective for the Company on January 1, 2014, and its adoption did not have any effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as the amendment is to be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the balance sheet date.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated historical financial statements and notes appearing elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (this “Quarterly Report”) and the financial information set forth in the tables herein.

 

Unless the context otherwise indicates, all references in this Quarterly Report, references to the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or “ours” or similar words are to Hilltop Holdings Inc. and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, references to “Hilltop” refer solely to Hilltop Holdings Inc., references to “PlainsCapital” refer to PlainsCapital Corporation (a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop), references to the “Bank” refer to PlainsCapital Bank (a wholly owned subsidiary of PlainsCapital), references to “FNB” refer to First National Bank, references to “First Southwest” refer to First Southwest Holdings, LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank) and its subsidiaries as a whole, references to “FSC” refer to First Southwest Company (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Southwest), references to “PrimeLending” refer to PrimeLending, a PlainsCapital Company (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank) and its subsidiaries as a whole and references to “NLC” refer to National Lloyds Corporation (a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop) and its subsidiaries as a whole.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Quarterly Report and the documents incorporated by reference into this report include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, as amended by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included in this Quarterly Report that address results or developments that we expect or anticipate will or may occur in the future, and statements that are preceded by, followed by or include, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “goal,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “probable,” “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “target,” “view” or “would” or the negative of these words and phrases or similar words or phrases, including such things as our business strategy, our financial condition, our litigation, our efforts to make strategic acquisitions, our pending acquisition of SWS Group, Inc. (“SWS”), our revenue, our liquidity and sources of funding, market trends, operations and business, expectations concerning mortgage loan origination volume, anticipated changes in our revenues or earnings, the effects of government regulation applicable to our operations, the appropriateness of our allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses, and the collectability of loans are forward-looking statements.

 

These forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance taking into account all information currently available to us. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations are subject to risks and uncertainties and can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us. If an event occurs, our business, business plan, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Certain factors that could cause actual results to differ include, among others:

 

·                   risks related to our pending acquisition of SWS;

 

·                   risks associated with merger and acquisition integration, including the assets and liabilities of FNB and SWS;

 

·                   our ability to estimate loan losses;

 

·                   changes in the default rate of our loans;

 

·                   risks associated with concentration in real estate related loans;

 

·                   our ability to obtain reimbursements for losses on acquired loans under loss-share agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”);

 

·                   changes in general economic, market and business conditions in areas or markets where we compete;

 

·                   severe catastrophic events in our geographic area;

 

·                   changes in the interest rate environment;

 

·                   cost and availability of capital;

 

50



Table of Contents

 

·                   changes in state and federal laws, regulations or policies affecting one or more of our business segments, including changes in regulatory fees, deposit insurance premiums, capital requirements and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”);

 

·                   our ability to use net operating loss carry forwards to reduce future tax payments;

 

·                   approval of new, or changes in, accounting policies and practices;

 

·                   changes in key management;

 

·                   competition in our banking, mortgage origination, financial advisory and insurance segments from other banks and financial institutions as well as insurance companies, mortgage bankers, investment banking and financial advisory firms, asset-based non-bank lenders and government agencies;

 

·                   failure of our insurance segment reinsurers to pay obligations under reinsurance contracts;

 

·                   our ability to use excess cash in an effective manner, including the execution of successful acquisitions; and

 

·                   our participation in governmental programs, including the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”).

 

For a more detailed discussion of these and other factors that may affect our business and that could cause the actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, please refer to “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 3, 2014, this Item 2, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” Part II, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” herein and other filings we have made with the SEC. We caution that the foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive, and new factors may emerge, or changes to the foregoing factors may occur, that could impact our business. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements concerning our business attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements above. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, relating to the matters discussed in this Quarterly Report except to the extent required by federal securities laws.

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. Our primary line of business is to provide business and consumer banking services from offices located throughout Texas. We also provide an array of financial products and services such as mortgage origination, insurance and financial advisory services.

 

On September 13, 2013 (the “Bank Closing Date”), the Bank assumed substantially all of the liabilities, including all of the deposits, and acquired substantially all of the assets of Edinburg, Texas-based FNB from the FDIC, as receiver, and reopened former branches of FNB acquired from the FDIC under the “PlainsCapital Bank” name (the “FNB Transaction”). Pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the FDIC as receiver for FNB, the FDIC and the Bank (the “P&A Agreement”), the Bank and the FDIC entered into loss-share agreements whereby the FDIC agreed to share in the losses of certain covered loans and covered other real estate owned (“OREO”) that the Bank acquired in the FNB Transaction. The fair value of the assets acquired was $2.2 billion, including $1.1 billion in covered loans, $286.2 million in securities, $135.2 million in covered OREO and $42.9 million in non-covered loans. The Bank also assumed $2.2 billion in liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits.

 

On March 31, 2014, we entered into a definitive merger agreement with SWS providing for the merger of SWS with and into a subsidiary of Hilltop formed for the purpose of facilitating this transaction. Under the terms of the merger agreement, SWS stockholders will receive per share consideration of 0.2496 shares of Hilltop common stock and $1.94 of cash, equating to $7.25 per share based on Hilltop’s closing price on June 30, 2014. The value of the merger consideration will fluctuate with the market price of Hilltop common stock. We intend to fund the cash portion of the consideration through available cash. The merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals and approval of the stockholders of SWS, and is expected to be completed prior to the end of 2014.

 

At June 30, 2014, on a consolidated basis, we had total assets of $9.4 billion, total deposits of $6.2 billion, total loans, including loans held for sale, of $6.0 billion and stockholders’ equity of $1.4 billion. Our banking operations include the operations acquired in the FNB Transaction since September 14, 2013.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Segment Information

 

We have two primary operating business units, PlainsCapital (financial services and products) and NLC (insurance). Within the PlainsCapital unit are three primary wholly owned operating subsidiaries: the Bank, PrimeLending and First Southwest. Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), our business units are comprised of four reportable business segments organized primarily by the core products offered to the segments’ respective customers: banking, mortgage origination, insurance and financial advisory. During the fourth quarter of 2013, we began presenting certain amounts previously allocated to the four reportable business segments under the heading Corporate to better reflect our internal organizational structure. This change had no impact on our consolidated results of operations. Our historical segment disclosures and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations have been revised to conform to the current presentation. Consistent with the segment operating results during 2013, we anticipate that future revenues will be driven primarily from the banking segment, with the remainder being generated by our mortgage origination, insurance and financial advisory segments. Based on historical results of PlainsCapital Corporation, which we acquired on November 30, 2012, the relative share of total revenue provided by our banking and mortgage origination segments fluctuates depending on market conditions, and operating results for the mortgage origination segment tend to be more volatile than operating results for the banking segment.

 

The banking segment includes the operations of the Bank and, since September 14, 2013, the operations acquired in the FNB Transaction. The banking segment primarily provides business and consumer banking products and services from offices located throughout Texas and generates revenue from its portfolio of earning assets. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on net interest income, while also deriving revenue from other sources, including service charges on customer deposit accounts and trust fees.

 

The mortgage origination segment includes the operations of PrimeLending, which offers a variety of loan products from offices in 42 states and generates revenue predominantly from fees charged on the origination of loans and from selling these loans in the secondary market.

 

The insurance segment includes the operations of NLC, which operates through its wholly owned subsidiaries, National Lloyds Insurance Company (“NLIC”) and American Summit Insurance Company (“ASIC”). Insurance segment income is primarily generated from revenue earned on net insurance premiums less loss and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) and policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses in Texas and other areas of the southern United States.

 

The financial advisory segment generates a majority of its revenues from fees and commissions earned from investment advisory and securities brokerage services at First Southwest. The principal subsidiaries of First Southwest are FSC, a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and a member of the New York Stock Exchange, and First Southwest Asset Management, Inc., a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. FSC holds trading securities to support sales, underwriting and other customer activities. These securities are marked to market through other noninterest income. FSC uses derivatives to support mortgage origination programs of certain non-profit housing organization clients. FSC hedges its related exposure to interest rate risk from these programs with U.S. Agency to-be-announced, or TBA, mortgage-backed securities. These derivatives are marked to market through other noninterest income.

 

Corporate includes certain activities not allocated to specific business segments. These activities include holding company financing and investing activities, and management and administrative services to support the overall operations of the Company including, but not limited to, certain executive management, corporate relations, legal, finance, and acquisition costs not allocated to business segments. Balance sheet amounts for remaining subsidiaries not discussed previously and the elimination of intercompany transactions are included in “All Other and Eliminations.”

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Additional information concerning our reportable segments is presented in Note 20, Segment and Related Information, in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. The following tables present certain information about the operating results of our reportable segments (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

 

 

Banking

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Advisory

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

90,828

 

$

(2,389

)

$

838

 

$

3,178

 

$

1,695

 

$

4,296

 

$

98,446

 

Provision for loan losses

 

5,516

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

5,533

 

Noninterest income

 

16,392

 

122,820

 

43,123

 

25,838

 

 

(4,892

)

203,281

 

Noninterest expense

 

60,240

 

111,224

 

49,420

 

28,359

 

2,565

 

(596

)

251,212

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

41,464

 

$

9,207

 

$

(5,459

)

$

640

 

$

(870

)

$

 

$

44,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

 

 

Banking

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Advisory

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

170,401

 

$

(6,528

)

$

1,817

 

$

5,808

 

$

3,387

 

$

8,982

 

$

183,867

 

Provision for loan losses

 

8,744

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

8,775

 

Noninterest income

 

32,621

 

214,583

 

85,896

 

50,435

 

 

(10,154

)

373,381

 

Noninterest expense

 

120,917

 

201,857

 

81,762

 

55,724

 

4,753

 

(1,172

)

463,841

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

73,361

 

$

6,198

 

$

5,951

 

$

488

 

$

(1,366

)

$

 

$

84,632

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

 

 

Banking

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Advisory

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

68,597

 

$

(11,847

)

$

873

 

$

3,511

 

$

(105

)

$

7,396

 

$

68,425

 

Provision for loan losses

 

11,300

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

11,289

 

Noninterest income

 

11,928

 

165,257

 

40,777

 

28,863

 

 

(7,592

)

239,233

 

Noninterest expense

 

31,919

 

134,487

 

62,144

 

30,373

 

1,673

 

(196

)

260,400

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

37,306

 

$

18,923

 

$

(20,494

)

$

2,012

 

$

(1,778

)

$

 

$

35,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

 

 

Banking

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Advisory

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

136,268

 

$

(23,850

)

$

1,886

 

$

6,754

 

$

(236

)

$

14,864

 

$

135,686

 

Provision for loan losses

 

24,266

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

24,294

 

Noninterest income

 

24,132

 

311,785

 

80,202

 

51,641

 

 

(15,249

)

452,511

 

Noninterest expense

 

62,599

 

256,758

 

96,410

 

56,099

 

3,910

 

(385

)

475,391

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

73,535

 

$

31,177

 

$

(14,322

)

$

2,268

 

$

(4,146

)

$

 

$

88,512

 

 

How We Generate Revenue

 

We generate revenue from net interest income and from noninterest income. Net interest income represents the difference between the income earned on our assets, including our loans and investment securities, and our cost of funds, including the interest paid on the deposits and borrowings that are used to support our assets. Net interest income is a significant contributor to our operating results. Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as the amounts and types of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities we hold, affect net interest income. We generated $183.9 million in net interest income during the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared with net interest income of $135.7 million during the same period in 2013. The year-over-year increase in net interest income was primarily due to the inclusion of those operations acquired as a part of the FNB Transaction within our banking segment.

 

The other component of our revenue is noninterest income, which is primarily comprised of the following:

 

(i)                                      Income from mortgage operations . Through our wholly owned subsidiary, PrimeLending, we generate noninterest income by originating and selling mortgage loans. During the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, we generated $214.5 million and $311.7 million, respectively, in net gains from the sale of loans, other mortgage production income (including income associated with retained mortgage servicing rights), and mortgage loan origination fees.

 

(ii)                                   Net insurance premiums earned.  Through our wholly owned insurance subsidiary, NLC, we provide fire and limited homeowners insurance for low value dwellings and manufactured homes. We generated $81.1 million in net insurance premiums earned during the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared with $76.1 million during the same period in the prior year.

 

(iii)                                Investment advisory fees and commissions and securities brokerage fees and commissions.  Through our wholly owned subsidiary, First Southwest, we provide public finance advisory and various investment banking and brokerage services. We generated $43.6 million and $48.0 million in investment advisory fees and commissions and securities brokerage fees and commissions during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

In the aggregate, we generated $373.4 million and $452.5 million in noninterest income during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The significant year-over-year decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to the decrease in loan origination volume within our mortgage origination segment, partially offset by increases in noninterest income in our banking and insurance segments.

 

We also incur noninterest expenses in the operation of our businesses. Our businesses engage in labor intensive activities and, consequently, employees’ compensation and benefits represent the majority of our noninterest expenses.

 

Consolidated Operating Results

 

Net income applicable to common stockholders for the three months ended June 30, 2014 was $27.1 million, or $0.30 per diluted share, compared to net income applicable to common stockholders of $20.9 million, or $0.24 per diluted share, for the three months ended June 30, 2013. Net income applicable to common stockholders for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $50.8 million, or $0.56 per diluted share, compared to net income applicable to common stockholders of $53.3 million, or $0.61 per diluted share, for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

Certain items included in net income for 2013 and 2014 resulted from purchase accounting associated with the merger of PlainsCapital Corporation with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop on November 30, 2012 (the “PlainsCapital Merger”) and the FNB Transaction. Income before taxes for the three months ended June 30, 2014 includes net accretion of $17.0 million and $10.4 million on earning assets and liabilities acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger and FNB Transaction, respectively, offset by amortization of identifiable intangibles of $2.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively. During the three months ended June 30, 2013, income before taxes includes net accretion of $15.9 million on earning assets and liabilities acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger, offset by amortization of identifiable intangibles of $2.5 million. Income before taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2014 includes net accretion of $27.0 million and $19.9 million on earning assets and liabilities acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger and FNB Transaction, respectively, offset by amortization of identifiable intangibles of $4.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, income before taxes includes net accretion of $31.9 million on earning assets and liabilities acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger, offset by amortization of identifiable intangibles of $4.9 million.

 

We consider the ratios shown in the table below to be key indicators of our performance.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

December 31, 2013

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average stockholders’ equity

 

7.99

%

7.29

%

7.82

%

9.46

%

10.48

%

Return on average assets

 

1.24

%

1.24

%

1.19

%

1.58

%

1.66

%

Net interest margin (taxable equivalent) (1)

 

5.18

%

4.33

%

4.90

%

4.34

%

4.47

%

 


(1) Taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

During the three months ended June 30, 2014, the consolidated taxable equivalent net interest margin of 5.18% was impacted by PlainsCapital Merger related accretion of discount on loans of $17.8 million, amortization of premium on acquired securities of $1.0 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $0.2 million. Additionally, FNB Transaction related accretion of discount on loans of $8.1 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $2.3 million also impacted the consolidated taxable equivalent net interest margin during the three months ended June 30, 2014. These items increased the consolidated taxable equivalent net interest margin by 140 basis points for the three months ended June 30, 2014. The consolidated taxable equivalent net interest margin was 4.33% for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The taxable equivalent net interest margin for the second quarter of 2013 was impacted by PlainsCapital Merger related accretion of discount on loans of $16.7 million, amortization of premium on acquired securities of $1.4 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $0.6 million. These items increased the consolidated taxable equivalent interest margin by 98 basis points for the three months ended June 30, 2013.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the consolidated taxable equivalent net interest margin of 4.90% was impacted by PlainsCapital Merger related accretion of discount on loans of $28.6 million, amortization of premium on acquired securities of $1.9 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $0.3 million. Additionally, FNB Transaction related accretion of discount on loans of $15.3 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $4.6 million also impacted the consolidated taxable equivalent net interest margin during the six months ended June 30, 2014. These items increased the consolidated taxable equivalent net interest margin by 121 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The consolidated taxable equivalent net interest margin was 4.34% for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The taxable equivalent net interest margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was impacted by PlainsCapital Merger related accretion of discount on loans of $33.6 million, amortization of premium on acquired securities of $3.4 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $1.7 million. These items increased the consolidated taxable equivalent interest margin by 97 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

The tables below provide additional details regarding our consolidated net interest income (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

 

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, gross (1) 

 

$

5,526,869

 

$

92,204

 

6.63

%

$

4,352,489

 

$

65,213

 

5.95

%

Investment securities - taxable

 

1,144,269

 

7,618

 

2.66

%

996,624

 

6,480

 

2.60

%

Investment securities - non-taxable (2) 

 

185,533

 

1,772

 

3.82

%

201,383

 

1,772

 

3.52

%

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

20,308

 

14

 

0.28

%

34,594

 

35

 

0.40

%

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

 

575,653

 

317

 

0.22

%

581,676

 

242

 

0.25

%

Other

 

218,413

 

3,068

 

5.62

%

164,754

 

3,009

 

7.31

%

Interest-earning assets, gross

 

7,671,045

 

104,993

 

5.44

%

6,331,520

 

76,751

 

4.82

%

Allowance for loan losses

 

(38,909

)

 

 

 

 

(20,588

)

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets, net

 

7,632,136

 

 

 

 

 

6,310,932

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-earning assets

 

1,304,522

 

 

 

 

 

818,914

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

8,936,658

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,129,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

4,523,194

 

$

3,096

 

0.27

%

$

3,379,302

 

$

3,406

 

0.40

%

Notes payable and other borrowings

 

966,143

 

2,866

 

1.18

%

1,044,784

 

4,337

 

1.66

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

5,489,337

 

5,962

 

0.43

%

4,424,086

 

7,743

 

0.70

%

Noninterest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

1,761,194

 

 

 

 

 

1,179,264

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

307,846

 

 

 

 

 

341,929

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

7,558,377

 

 

 

 

 

5,945,279

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

1,377,769

 

 

 

 

 

1,183,830

 

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

512

 

 

 

 

 

737

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

8,936,658

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,129,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (2)

 

 

 

$

99,031

 

 

 

 

 

$

69,008

 

 

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

 

 

 

 

5.01

%

 

 

 

 

4.12

%

Net interest margin (2)

 

 

 

 

 

5.18

%

 

 

 

 

4.33

%

 

55



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

 

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, gross (1) 

 

$

5,299,145

 

$

171,948

 

6.47

%

$

4,280,580

 

$

130,099

 

6.06

%

Investment securities - taxable

 

1,133,315

 

15,206

 

2.69

%

948,789

 

12,392

 

2.61

%

Investment securities - non-taxable (2) 

 

184,345

 

3,633

 

3.94

%

209,816

 

3,794

 

3.62

%

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

23,305

 

33

 

0.28

%

22,462

 

56

 

0.50

%

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

 

770,206

 

912

 

0.24

%

664,002

 

575

 

0.25

%

Other

 

203,428

 

5,708

 

5.64

%

159,685

 

5,114

 

6.45

%

Interest-earning assets, gross

 

7,613,744

 

197,440

 

5.17

%

6,285,334

 

152,030

 

4.83

%

Allowance for loan losses

 

(37,891

)

 

 

 

 

(13,720

)

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets, net

 

7,575,853

 

 

 

 

 

6,271,614

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-earning assets

 

1,336,127

 

 

 

 

 

845,500

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

8,911,980

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,117,114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

4,735,026

 

$

6,855

 

0.29

%

$

3,468,202

 

$

6,856

 

0.40

%

Notes payable and other borrowings

 

815,942

 

5,514

 

1.35

%

948,138

 

8,230

 

1.74

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

5,550,968

 

12,369

 

0.45

%

4,416,340

 

15,086

 

0.69

%

Noninterest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

1,741,409

 

 

 

 

 

1,184,990

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

264,504

 

 

 

 

 

343,915

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

7,556,881

 

 

 

 

 

5,945,245

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

1,354,635

 

 

 

 

 

1,171,132

 

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

464

 

 

 

 

 

737

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

8,911,980

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,117,114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (2)

 

 

 

$

185,071

 

 

 

 

 

$

136,944

 

 

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

 

 

 

 

4.72

%

 

 

 

 

4.14

%

Net interest margin (2)

 

 

 

 

 

4.90

%

 

 

 

 

4.34

%

 


(1)  Average balance includes non-accrual loans.

(2) Annualized taxable equivalent adjustments are based on a 35% tax rate. The adjustment to interest income was $0.6 million for each of the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $1.2 million and $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

On a consolidated basis, net interest income increased $30.0 million and $48.2 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, compared with the same periods in 2013. These increases were primarily due to the inclusion of those operations acquired as a part of the FNB Transaction within our banking segment.

 

The provision for loan losses is determined by management as the amount to be added to the allowance for loan losses after net charge-offs have been deducted to bring the allowance to a level which, in management’s best estimate, is necessary to absorb probable losses within the existing loan portfolio. The consolidated provision for loan losses, primarily in the banking segment, was $5.5 million and $11.3 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the provision for loan losses was comprised of charges relating to newly originated loans and acquired loans without credit impairment at acquisition of $3.9 million and $11.0 million, respectively, and purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans of $1.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the consolidated provision for loan losses, primarily in the banking segment, was $8.8 million and $24.3 million, respectively. The provision for loan losses during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was comprised of charges relating to newly originated loans and acquired loans without credit impairment at acquisition of $5.3 million and $23.6 million, respectively, and PCI loans of $3.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated noninterest income decreased $36.0 million and $79.1 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, compared with the same periods in 2013. These year-over-year decreases were primarily related to the reduction in net gains from sale of loans, other mortgage production income and mortgage loan origination fees within our mortgage origination segment of $42.2 million and $97.2 million, respectively, slightly offset by increases in noninterest income in our banking and insurance segments.

 

Our consolidated noninterest expense during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 decreased $9.2 million and $11.6 million, respectively, compared with the same periods in 2013. These year-over-year decreases included significant increases in noninterest expenses within our banking segment of $28.3 million and $58.3 million, respectively, primarily due to the inclusion of those operations acquired as part of the FNB Transaction, which were offset by significant decreases in noninterest expenses within our mortgage origination segment of $23.3 million and $54.9 million, respectively, primarily due to reductions in variable compensation tied to mortgage loan originations. Changes between the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 within the major components of noninterest expense included decreases of $18.0 million in employees’ compensation and benefits and $15.7 million in loss and loss adjustment expenses, partially offset by increases of $12.5 million in occupancy and equipment and $8.8 million in other expenses.

 

Consolidated income tax expense during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $16.3 million and $13.3 million, respectively, reflecting effective rates of 36.2% and 37.0%, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, consolidated income tax expense was $30.6 million and $32.5 million, respectively, reflecting effective rates of 36.2% and 36.7%, respectively.

 

Segment Results

 

Banking Segment

 

Income before income taxes in our banking segment for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $41.5 million and $37.3 million, respectively. Income before income taxes increased in the three months ended June 30, 2014, compared with the same period in 2013, due to increases in net interest income and noninterest income, and a decrease in the provision for loan losses, all of which were partially offset by increases in noninterest expense. Income before income taxes in our banking segment for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $73.4 million and $73.5 million, respectively. Income before taxes in the six months ended June 30, 2014 was comparable to the same period in 2013. The operations acquired as a part of the FNB Transaction had a significant effect on each of the components of income before income taxes during both the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, compared to the same periods in 2013.

 

At June 30, 2014, the Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements with a total capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 13.90%, Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 13.22% and a Tier 1 capital to average assets, or leverage, ratio of 9.97%. At June 30, 2014, the Bank was also considered to be “well-capitalized” under regulatory requirements without giving effect to the final capital rules adopted by the Federal Reserve Board on July 2, 2013 (“Basel III”). For additional discussion of the final Basel III capital rules and their impact on our Company, see the section entitled “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Regulatory Capital” below.

 

We consider the ratios shown in the table below to be key indicators of the performance of our banking segment.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

December 31, 2013

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio (1)

 

56.18

%

39.64

%

59.56

%

39.03

%

42.58

%

Return on average assets

 

1.36

%

1.62

%

1.20

%

1.65

%

1.78

%

Net interest margin (taxable equivalent) (2)

 

5.52

%

5.20

%

5.16

%

5.21

%

5.17

%

 


(1) Noninterest expenses divided by the sum of total noninterest income and net interest income for the period.

(2) Taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

During the three months ended June 30, 2014, the banking segment’s taxable equivalent net interest margin of 5.52% was impacted by PlainsCapital Merger related accretion of discount on loans of $17.8 million, amortization of premium on acquired securities of $1.0 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $0.2 million. Additionally,

 

57



Table of Contents

 

FNB Transaction related accretion of discount on loans of $8.1 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $2.3 million also impacted the banking segment’s taxable equivalent net interest margin during the three months ended June 30, 2014. These items increased the banking segment’s taxable equivalent net interest margin by 162 basis points for the three months ended June 30, 2014. The banking segment’s taxable equivalent net interest margin for the three months ended June 30, 2013 of 5.20% was impacted by PlainsCapital Merger related accretion of discount on loans of $16.7 million, amortization of premium on acquired securities of $1.4 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $0.6 million. These items increased the banking segment’s taxable equivalent interest margin by 119 basis points for three months ended June 30, 2013.

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the banking segment’s taxable equivalent net interest margin of 5.16% was impacted by PlainsCapital Merger related accretion of discount on loans of $28.6 million, amortization of premium on acquired securities of $1.9 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $0.3 million. Additionally, FNB Transaction related accretion of discount on loans of $15.3 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $4.6 million also impacted the banking segment’s taxable equivalent net interest margin during the six months ended June 30, 2014. These items increased the banking segment’s taxable equivalent net interest margin by 138 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The banking segment’s taxable equivalent net interest margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 of 5.21% was impacted by PlainsCapital Merger related accretion of discount on loans of $33.6 million, amortization of premium on acquired securities of $3.4 million and amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $1.7 million. These items increased the banking segment’s taxable equivalent interest margin by 120 basis points for six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

The tables below provide additional details regarding our banking segment’s net interest income (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

 

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, gross (1) 

 

$

4,216,648

 

$

80,173

 

7.55

%

$

2,949,314

 

$

53,435

 

7.18

%

Subsidiary warehouse lines of credit

 

901,125

 

8,229

 

3.61

%

1,002,847

 

14,328

 

5.65

%

Investment securities - taxable

 

913,494

 

4,561

 

2.00

%

797,472

 

3,461

 

1.74

%

Investment securities - non-taxable (2) 

 

152,042

 

1,476

 

3.88

%

158,075

 

1,383

 

3.50

%

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

20,308

 

14

 

0.28

%

31,348

 

22

 

0.28

%

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

 

406,773

 

256

 

0.25

%

323,095

 

211

 

0.26

%

Other

 

42,871

 

411

 

3.84

%

42,304

 

385

 

3.64

%

Interest-earning assets, gross

 

6,653,261

 

95,120

 

5.68

%

5,304,455

 

73,225

 

5.47

%

Allowance for loan losses

 

(38,745

)

 

 

 

 

(20,421

)

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets, net

 

6,614,516

 

 

 

 

 

5,284,034

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-earning assets

 

1,260,740

 

 

 

 

 

783,049

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

7,875,256

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,067,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

4,500,603

 

$

3,112

 

0.28

%

$

3,354,713

 

$

3,384

 

0.40

%

Notes payable and other borrowings

 

597,977

 

392

 

0.26

%

537,821

 

376

 

0.28

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities (3)

 

5,098,580

 

3,504

 

0.28

%

3,892,534

 

3,760

 

0.39

%

Noninterest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

1,706,187

 

 

 

 

 

1,264,331

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

31,748

 

 

 

 

 

34,929

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

6,836,515

 

 

 

 

 

5,191,794

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

1,038,741

 

 

 

 

 

875,289

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

7,875,256

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,067,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (2)

 

 

 

$

91,616

 

 

 

 

 

$

69,465

 

 

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

 

 

 

 

5.40

%

 

 

 

 

5.08

%

Net interest margin (2)

 

 

 

 

 

5.52

%

 

 

 

 

5.20

%

 

58



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

 

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, gross (1) 

 

$

4,231,309

 

$

150,894

 

7.11

%

$

2,924,774

 

$

107,244

 

7.30

%

Subsidiary warehouse lines of credit

 

769,643

 

15,161

 

3.92

%

992,244

 

28,215

 

5.66

%

Investment securities - taxable

 

905,127

 

8,956

 

1.98

%

742,512

 

6,178

 

1.66

%

Investment securities - non-taxable (2) 

 

153,048

 

2,971

 

3.88

%

162,290

 

2,812

 

3.47

%

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

23,305

 

33

 

0.28

%

20,020

 

28

 

0.28

%

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

 

600,960

 

769

 

0.26

%

403,745

 

524

 

0.26

%

Other

 

36,016

 

812

 

4.51

%

31,269

 

550

 

3.52

%

Interest-earning assets, gross

 

6,719,408

 

179,596

 

5.33

%

5,276,854

 

145,551

 

5.49

%

Allowance for loan losses

 

(37,733

)

 

 

 

 

(13,568

)

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets, net

 

6,681,675

 

 

 

 

 

5,263,286

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-earning assets

 

1,265,809

 

 

 

 

 

798,492

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

7,947,484

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,061,778

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

4,724,047

 

$

6,897

 

0.29

%

$

3,425,592

 

$

6,816

 

0.40

%

Notes payable and other borrowings

 

474,797

 

717

 

0.30

%

452,542

 

729

 

0.32

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities (3)

 

5,198,844

 

7,614

 

0.30

%

3,878,134

 

7,545

 

0.39

%

Noninterest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

1,703,019

 

 

 

 

 

1,264,024

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

25,169

 

 

 

 

 

58,639

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

6,927,032

 

 

 

 

 

5,200,797

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

1,020,452

 

 

 

 

 

860,981

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

7,947,484

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,061,778

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (2)

 

 

 

$

171,982

 

 

 

 

 

$

138,006

 

 

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

 

 

 

 

5.03

%

 

 

 

 

5.10

%

Net interest margin (2)

 

 

 

 

 

5.16

%

 

 

 

 

5.21

%

 


(1) Average balance includes non-accrual loans.

(2) Annualized taxable equivalent adjustments are based on a 35% tax rate. The adjustment to interest income was $0.5 million for each of the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $1.0 million for each of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(3) Excludes the allocation of interest expense on PlainsCapital debt of $0.3 million for each of the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 and $0.6 million and $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

The banking segment’s net interest margin shown above exceeds our consolidated net interest margin. Our consolidated net interest margin includes the yields and costs associated with certain items within interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities in the financial advisory segment, as well as the borrowing costs of Hilltop and PlainsCapital, both of which reduce our consolidated net interest margin. In addition, the banking segment’s interest earning assets include lines of credit extended to subsidiaries, the yields on which increase the banking segment’s net interest margin. Such yields and costs are eliminated from the consolidated financial statements.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

The following tables summarize the changes in the banking segment’s net interest income for the periods indicated below, including the component changes in the volume of average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the rates earned or paid on those items (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014 v. 2013

 

2014 v. 2013

 

 

 

Change Due To (1)

 

 

 

Change Due To (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Volume

 

Yield/Rate

 

Change

 

Volume

 

Yield/Rate

 

Change

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, gross

 

$

22,749

 

$

3,989

 

$

26,738

 

$

47,692

 

$

(4,042

)

$

43,650

 

Subsidiary warehouse lines of credit

 

(1,437

)

(4,662

)

(6,099

)

(6,295

)

(6,759

)

(13,054

)

Investment securities - taxable

 

504

 

596

 

1,100

 

1,353

 

1,425

 

2,778

 

Investment securities - non-taxable (2) 

 

(53

)

146

 

93

 

(160

)

319

 

159

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

(8

)

 

(8

)

5

 

 

5

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

 

55

 

(10

)

45

 

258

 

(13

)

245

 

Other

 

5

 

21

 

26

 

83

 

179

 

262

 

Total interest income (2)

 

21,815

 

80

 

21,895

 

42,936

 

(8,891

)

34,045

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

1,159

 

$

(1,431

)

$

(272

)

$

2,605

 

$

(2,524

)

$

81

 

Notes payable and other borrowings

 

42

 

(26

)

16

 

36

 

(48

)

(12

)

Total interest expense

 

1,201

 

(1,457

)

(256

)

2,641

 

(2,572

)

69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (2)

 

$

20,614

 

$

1,537

 

$

22,151

 

$

40,295

 

$

(6,319

)

$

33,976

 

 


(1) Changes attributable to both volume and yield/rate are included in yield/rate column.

(2) Annualized taxable equivalent.

 

Taxable equivalent net interest income increased $22.2 million and $34.0 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, compared with the same periods in 2013. Increases in the volume of interest-earning assets, primarily loans acquired in the FNB Transaction, increased taxable equivalent net interest income by $21.8 million and $42.9 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, compared with the same periods in 2013, while increases in the volume of interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits assumed in the FNB Transaction, reduced taxable equivalent interest income by $1.2 million and $2.6 million during these same respective periods. Increases in accretable yields on loans, particularly accretable yield on loans acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger, as well as increased yields on the investment portfolio, were offset by a lower yield on subsidiary warehouse lines of credit, resulting in a net minimal effect on taxable equivalent net interest income due to yield on interest-earning assets for the three months ended June 30, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013. Changes in the yields earned on interest-earning assets decreased taxable equivalent net interest income by $8.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared with the same period in 2013, primarily due to lower yields on the loan portfolio and the subsidiary warehouse lines of credit. Changes in rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased taxable equivalent interest income by $1.5 million and $2.6 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, compared with the same periods in 2013, primarily due to the amortization of premiums on time deposits acquired in the FNB Transaction.

 

The banking segment’s noninterest income was $16.4 million and $11.9 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $32.6 million and $24.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These year-over-year increases in noninterest income were primarily due to service charges and fees on deposits assumed in the FNB Transaction, as well as accretion on the amounts receivable under the loss-share agreements with the FDIC (“FDIC Indemnification Asset”) associated with the FNB Transaction. Noninterest income was also negatively affected by decreases in intercompany financing charges associated with the lending commitment on the PrimeLending warehouse line of credit.

 

The banking segment’s noninterest expenses were $60.2 million and $31.9 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $120.9 million and $62.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Noninterest expenses were primarily comprised of employees’ compensation and benefits, and occupancy expenses. The significant year-over-year increase in noninterest expenses was primarily due to the inclusion of the operations acquired in the FNB Transaction.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Mortgage Origination Segment

 

Income before income taxes in our mortgage origination segment for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $9.2 million and $18.9 million, respectively, while income before income taxes in our mortgage origination segment for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $6.2 million and $31.2 million, respectively. These decreases in income before income taxes for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the same periods in 2013 were primarily due to the decreases in noninterest income driven by the reduction in loan origination volume, partially offset by the decreases in noninterest expense primarily due to the reductions in compensation expense that varies with the volume of mortgage loan originations, and to a lesser extent, reductions in segment operating costs made to address the reduction in loan origination volume. Additionally, net interest expense of $2.4 million and $11.8 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and net interest expense of $6.5 million and $23.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, resulted from interest incurred on a warehouse line of credit held at the Bank as well as related intercompany financing costs, partially offset by interest income earned on loans held for sale.

 

The mortgage origination segment originates all of its mortgage loans through a retail channel. The following table provides certain details regarding our mortgage loan originations (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

2014

 

Total

 

2013

 

Total

 

2014

 

Total

 

2013

 

Total

 

Mortgage Loan Originations - units

 

13,373

 

 

 

16,508

 

 

 

22,525

 

 

 

30,954

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Loan Originations - volume

 

$

2,838,731

 

 

 

$

3,549,670

 

 

 

$

4,704,884

 

 

 

$

6,595,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Loan Originations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conventional

 

$

1,777,589

 

62.62

%

$

2,251,378

 

63.43

%

$

2,971,726

 

63.16

%

$

4,176,149

 

63.31

%

Government

 

818,158

 

28.82

%

1,022,069

 

28.79

%

1,370,486

 

29.13

%

1,945,788

 

29.50

%

Jumbo

 

238,991

 

8.42

%

267,063

 

7.52

%

355,725

 

7.56

%

452,451

 

6.86

%

Other

 

3,993

 

0.14

%

9,160

 

0.26

%

6,947

 

0.15

%

21,545

 

0.33

%

 

 

$

2,838,731

 

100.00

%

$

3,549,670

 

100.00

%

$

4,704,884

 

100.00

%

$

6,595,933

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home purchases

 

$

2,396,094

 

84.41

%

$

2,377,871

 

66.99

%

$

3,864,805

 

82.14

%

$

3,987,732

 

60.46

%

Refinancings

 

442,637

 

15.59

%

1,171,799

 

33.01

%

840,079

 

17.86

%

2,608,201

 

39.54

%

 

 

$

2,838,731

 

100.00

%

$

3,549,670

 

100.00

%

$

4,704,884

 

100.00

%

$

6,595,933

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Texas

 

$

692,878

 

24.41

%

$

788,996

 

22.23

%

$

1,123,033

 

23.87

%

$

1,446,257

 

21.93

%

California

 

387,445

 

13.65

%

673,388

 

18.97

%

679,017

 

14.43

%

1,225,206

 

18.57

%

Florida

 

135,701

 

4.78

%

116,419

 

3.28

%

229,075

 

4.87

%

226,592

 

3.43

%

North Carolina

 

123,930

 

4.37

%

181,365

 

5.11

%

215,662

 

4.58

%

356,206

 

5.40

%

Ohio

 

117,026

 

4.12

%

121,378

 

3.42

%

184,106

 

3.91

%

230,734

 

3.50

%

Virginia

 

93,538

 

3.29

%

149,027

 

4.20

%

144,417

 

3.07

%

281,514

 

4.27

%

Arizona

 

85,268

 

3.00

%

123,473

 

3.48

%

164,753

 

3.50

%

230,734

 

3.50

%

Missouri

 

84,962

 

2.99

%

56,728

 

1.60

%

137,209

 

2.92

%

102,343

 

1.55

%

South Carolina

 

84,190

 

2.97

%

96,326

 

2.71

%

130,107

 

2.77

%

172,104

 

2.61

%

All other states

 

1,033,793

 

36.42

%

1,242,570

 

35.00

%

1,697,505

 

36.08

%

2,324,243

 

35.24

%

 

 

$

2,838,731

 

100.00

%

$

3,549,670

 

100.00

%

$

4,704,884

 

100.00

%

$

6,595,933

 

100.00

%

 

The mortgage lending business is subject to variables that can impact loan origination volume, including seasonal and interest rate fluctuations. Historically, we have typically experienced increased loan origination volume from purchases of homes during the spring and summer, when more people tend to move and buy or sell homes. An increase in mortgage interest rates tends to result in decreased loan origination volume from refinancings, while a decrease in mortgage interest rates tends to result in increased refinancings. Changes in interest rates have historically had a lesser impact on home purchases volume than on refinancing volume.

 

Beginning in May 2013 and continuing through the fourth quarter of 2013, mortgage interest rates increased at a pace that, along with other factors, resulted in decreases of 20.0% and 28.7% in the mortgage origination segment’s total loan origination volume during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 when compared to the same periods in 2013. Home purchases volume of $2.4 billion during the three months ended June 30, 2014 was virtually unchanged from the three months ended June 30, 2013, while the mortgage origination segment experienced a $927.4 million increase, or 63.1%, in home purchases volume between the three months ended March 31, 2014 and three months ended June 30, 2014. Refinancing volume decreased from $1.2 billion during the three months ended June 30, 2013 (33% of total loan origination volume) to $442.6 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 (16% of total loan origination volume). For each

 

61



Table of Contents

 

quarter subsequent to the second quarter of 2013, the mortgage origination segment’s refinancing volume as a percentage of total loan origination volume has ranged between 16% and 21%. We anticipate that this trend will continue throughout the remainder of 2014, and total mortgage loan origination volumes in 2014 will more closely follow seasonal trends historically experienced by the mortgage origination segment.

 

While the mortgage origination segment’s total loan origination volume decreased 20.0% during the three months ended June 30, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013, income before income taxes decreased 51.3% between the same periods ($9.2 million income compared to $18.9 million income). Income before income taxes decreased at a greater rate primarily because segment operating costs included in noninterest expenses, such as employee related (salaries and benefits), occupancy, and administrative expenses, decreased at a lesser rate, approximately 11%, than loan origination volume decreased between the two periods. To address negative trends in loan origination volume resulting from changes in interest rates that began in May 2013, the mortgage origination segment reduced its non-origination employee headcount approximately 22% during the third and fourth quarters of 2013. Salaries and benefits expenses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 decreased approximately 11% and 13%  respectively, as compared to the same periods in 2013 as the benefits of the headcount reductions in the third and fourth quarters of 2013 were realized. We also engaged in other initiatives to reduce segment operating costs during the third and fourth quarters of 2013 that were primarily responsible for the decrease of approximately 11% in non-employee related expenses for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the same periods in 2013. The benefits of the employee reductions and other cost savings initiatives include a decrease in recurring quarterly operating costs of approximately $8 million since the third quarter of 2013. Also impacting the trend in income before taxes, to a lesser extent, was a decrease in loan revenue margins resulting from increased pricing competition.

 

The mortgage origination segment sells substantially all mortgage loans it originates to various investors in the secondary market, the majority servicing released. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the mortgage origination segment retained servicing on approximately 8% of loans sold. This rate was increased to approximately 22% during the third and fourth quarters of 2013, and approximately 31% during the six months ended June 30, 2014. The related mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) asset was valued at $35.9 million on $3.3 billion of serviced loan volume at June 30, 2014, compared to a value of $20.1 million on $2.0 billion of serviced loan volume at December 31, 2013. All income related to retained servicing, including changes in the value of the MSR asset, is included in noninterest income. The mortgage origination segment’s determination on whether to retain or release servicing on mortgage loans it sells is impacted by changes in mortgage interest rates, and refinancing and market activity. We may, from time to time, manage our MSR asset through different strategies, including varying the percentage of mortgage loans sold servicing released and opportunistically selling MSR assets. In July 2014, the mortgage origination segment sold MSR assets of $11.4 million, which represented approximately $1.0 billion of its serviced loan volume.

 

Noninterest income was $122.8 million and $165.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $214.6 million and $311.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Noninterest income was comprised of net gains on the sale of loans and other mortgage production income, and mortgage origination fees. Noninterest income decreased 25.7% and 31.2% during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 when compared to the same periods in 2013, which were comparable to the decreases of 20.0% and 28.7% in loan origination volume experienced during the same respective periods.

 

Gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of the mortgage origination segment’s interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) and loans held for sale, and the related activity associated with forward commitments used by the mortgage origination segment to mitigate interest rate risk associated with its IRLCs and mortgage loans held for sale, are included in noninterest income. Related net gains totaled $25.7 million and $6.9 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and net gains totaled $29.0 million and $3.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, the net gains were primarily the result of an increase in the volume of IRLCs and mortgage loans held during these respective periods.

 

Noninterest expenses were $111.2 million and $134.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $201.9 million and $256.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Employees’ compensation and benefits accounted for the majority of the noninterest expenses incurred. Compensation that varies with the volume of mortgage loan originations and overall segment profitability decreased $14.1 million and $31.4 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the same periods in 2013, and comprised

 

62



Table of Contents

 

approximately 60% and 64% of the total employees’ compensation and benefits expenses during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 56% and 62% during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In addition, employee salaries and benefits decreased $3.7 million and $8.5 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, as compared to the same periods in 2013, primarily as a result of headcount reductions in the third and fourth quarters of 2013. The mortgage origination segment records unreimbursed closing costs as noninterest expense when it pays a customer’s closing costs in return for the customer choosing to accept a higher interest rate on the customer’s mortgage loan. Unreimbursed closing costs during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 were $8.7 million and $9.8 million, respectively, and $13.9 million and $20.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Between January 1, 2005, and June 30, 2014, the mortgage origination segment sold mortgage loans totaling $59.9 billion. These loans were sold under sales contracts that generally include provisions which hold the mortgage origination segment responsible for errors or omissions relating to its representations and warranties that loans sold meet certain requirements, including representations as to underwriting standards and the validity of certain borrower representations in connection with the loan. In addition, the sales contracts typically require the refund of purchased servicing rights plus certain investor servicing costs if a loan experiences an early payment default. While the mortgage origination segment sold loans prior to 2005, it has not experienced, nor does it anticipate experiencing, significant losses on loans originated prior to 2005 as a result of investor claims under these provisions of its sales contracts.

 

When an investor claim for indemnification of a loan sold is made, we evaluate the claim and determine if the claim can be satisfied through additional documentation or other deliverables. If the claim cannot be satisfied in that matter, we negotiate with the investor to reach a settlement of the claim. Settlements typically result in either the repurchase of a loan or reimbursement to the investor for losses incurred on the loan. Following is a summary of the mortgage origination segment’s claims resolution activity relating to loans sold between January 1, 2005 and June 30, 2014 (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Original Loan Balance

 

Loss Recognized

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

 

 

Loans

 

 

 

Amount

 

Sold

 

Amount

 

Sold

 

Claims resolved with no payment

 

$

145,524

 

0.24

%

$

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims resolved as a result of a loan repurchase or payment to an investor for losses incurred (1)

 

185,178

 

0.31

%

24,291

 

0.04

%

 

 

$

330,702

 

0.55

%

$

24,291

 

0.04

%

 


(1) Losses incurred include refunded purchased servicing rights.

 

At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the mortgage origination segment’s indemnification liability reserve totaled $19.7 million and $21.1 million, respectively. The related provision for indemnification losses was $0.9 million and $1.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $1.4 million and $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Insurance Segment

 

Losses before income taxes in our insurance segment were $5.5 million and $20.5 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. Income before income taxes in our insurance segment was $6.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared with a loss before income taxes of $14.3 million during the same period in 2013. The insurance segment is subject to claims arising out of severe weather, the incidence and severity of which are inherently unpredictable. Generally, the insurance segment’s insured risks exhibit higher losses in the second and third calendar quarters due to a seasonal concentration of weather-related events in its primary geographic markets. Although weather-related losses (including hail, high winds, tornadoes and hurricanes) can occur in any calendar quarter, the second calendar quarter, historically, has experienced the highest frequency of losses associated with these events. Hurricanes, however, are more likely to occur in the third calendar quarter of the year.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

The significant year-over-year improvements in operating results in our insurance segment were primarily a result of growth of earned premium and improved claims loss experience associated with the significant decline in the severity of severe weather-related events during 2014. Based on our estimates of the ultimate losses, claims associated with these storms totaled $14.3 million through June 30, 2014. The significant loss during the three months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily driven by the severity of three tornado, wind and hail storms during the second quarter of 2013. Based on estimates of the ultimate cost, two of these storms are considered catastrophic losses as they exceeded our $8 million reinsurance retention during the third quarter of 2013. The estimate of ultimate losses from these storms totaled $20.9 million through June 30, 2013 with a net loss, after reinsurance, of $20.7 million.

 

During 2013, the insurance segment initiated a review of the pricing of its primary products in each state of operation utilizing a consulting actuarial firm to supplement normal review processes. Rate filings have been made for certain products in several states for increases effective in 2014, and the process will continue through the remainder of the insurance segment’s products and states in which it operates. Concurrently, business concentrations were reviewed and actions initiated, including cancellation of agents, non-renewal of policies and cessation of new business writing on certain products in problematic geographic areas. These actions have reduced the rate of premium growth for the first six months of 2014 when compared with the patterns exhibited in prior years. However, we expect the reduced exposure to volatile weather through a lower number of insureds in these areas to improve our loss experience during 2014.

 

The insurance segment’s operations resulted in combined ratios of 118.2% and 158.2% during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 97.9% and 124.0% during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The year-over-year improvement in the combined ratios was primarily driven by the increase in earned premiums and improvement in our claims loss experience. The combined ratio is a measure of overall insurance underwriting profitability, and represents the sum of the loss and LAE ratio and the underwriting expense ratio, which are discussed in more detail below.

 

Noninterest income of $43.1 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 included net insurance premiums earned of $40.8 million, compared to $38.6 million for the same period in 2013, while noninterest income of $85.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 included net insurance premiums earned of $81.1 million, compared to $76.1 million for the same period in 2013. The increase in earned premiums during both periods is primarily attributable to rate and volume increases in homeowners and mobile home products.

 

Direct insurance premiums written by major product line are presented in the table below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Variance

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Variance

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014 vs 2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014 vs 2013

 

Direct Insurance Premiums Written:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Homeowners

 

$

21,431

 

$

21,980

 

$

(549

)

$

40,016

 

$

40,524

 

$

(508

)

Fire

 

15,125

 

14,959

 

166

 

28,960

 

28,011

 

949

 

Mobile Home

 

10,280

 

9,646

 

634

 

20,499

 

18,729

 

1,770

 

Commercial

 

1,075

 

1,264

 

(189

)

2,161

 

2,398

 

(237

)

Other

 

88

 

101

 

(13

)

134

 

145

 

(11

)

 

 

$

47,999

 

$

47,950

 

$

49

 

$

91,770

 

$

89,807

 

$

1,963

 

 

Total direct insurance premiums written for our three largest insurance product lines increased by $0.3 million and $2.2 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2013. These increases were due to growth in our core insurance products.

 

Net insurance premiums earned by major product line are presented in the table below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Variance

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Variance

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014 vs 2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014 vs 2013

 

Net Insurance Premiums Earned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Homeowners

 

$

18,243

 

$

17,721

 

$

522

 

$

35,361

 

$

34,322

 

$

1,039

 

Fire

 

12,847

 

12,039

 

808

 

25,592

 

23,724

 

1,868

 

Mobile Home

 

8,701

 

7,730

 

971

 

18,114

 

15,862

 

2,252

 

Commercial

 

909

 

1,015

 

(106

)

1,910

 

2,031

 

(121

)

Other

 

77

 

85

 

(8

)

119

 

124

 

(5

)

 

 

$

40,777

 

$

38,590

 

$

2,187

 

$

81,096

 

$

76,063

 

$

5,033

 

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Net insurance premiums earned for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 increased compared to the same periods in 2013, primarily due to increases in net insurance premiums written of $0.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

 

Noninterest expenses of $49.4 million and $62.1 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $81.8 million and $96.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, include both loss and LAE expenses and policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses, as well as other noninterest expenses. Loss and LAE are recognized based on formula and case basis estimates for losses reported with respect to direct business, estimates of unreported losses based on past experience and deduction of amounts for reinsurance placed with reinsurers. Loss and LAE during the three months ended June 30, 2014 was $35.3 million, compared to $48.2 million during the same period in 2013, resulting in loss and LAE ratios of 86.5% and 124.8% during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Loss and LAE during the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $53.6 million, compared to $69.3 million during the same period in 2013. As a result, the loss and LAE ratios during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 were 66.1% and 91.2%, respectively. These year-over-year ratio improvements were primarily a result of growth of earned premium and improved claims loss experience associated with the significant decline in the severity of severe weather-related events during 2014.

 

Policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses encompass all expenses incurred relative to NLC operations, and include elements of multiple categories of expense otherwise reported as noninterest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Variance

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Variance

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014 vs 2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014 vs 2013

 

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

$

10,402

 

$

10,273

 

$

129

 

$

20,599

 

$

19,887

 

$

712

 

Other underwriting expenses

 

3,325

 

3,273

 

52

 

6,705

 

6,304

 

401

 

Total

 

13,727

 

13,546

 

181

 

27,304

 

26,191

 

1,113

 

Agency expenses

 

(813

)

(658

)

(155

)

(1,503

)

(1,226

)

(277

)

Total less agency expenses

 

$

12,914

 

$

12,888

 

$

26

 

$

25,801

 

$

24,965

 

$

836

 

Net insurance premiums earned

 

$

40,777

 

$

38,590

 

$

2,187

 

$

81,096

 

$

76,063

 

$

5,033

 

Expense ratio

 

31.7

%

33.4

%

-1.7

%

31.8

%

32.8

%

-1.0

%

 

Financial Advisory Segment

 

Income before income taxes in our financial advisory segment during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $0.6 million and $2.0 million, respectively, while income before income taxes in our financial advisory segment during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $0.5 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Continuing uncertainty in fixed income markets as a result of increased regulations, uncertainty in the direction of future interest rates and a lack of liquidity in the market have resulted in reduced sales of fixed income securities to institutional customers.

 

The financial advisory segment had net interest income of $3.2 million and $3.5 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $5.8 million and $6.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, consisting of securities lending activity, customer margin loan balances and investment securities used to support sales, underwriting and other customer activities.

 

Noninterest income was $25.8 million and $28.9 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $50.4 million and $51.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The majority of the financial advisory segment’s noninterest income was generated from fees and commissions earned from investment advisory and securities brokerage activities of $22.3 million and $26.0 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $43.6 million and $48.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The financial advisory segment participates in programs in which it issues forward purchase commitments of mortgage-backed securities to certain clients and sells TBAs. Changes in the fair values of these derivative instruments produced net gains of $3.2 million and $3.8 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $6.1 million and $5.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Changes in the fair value of the financial advisory segment’s trading portfolio, which is used to support sales, underwriting and other customer activities, produced gains of $0.3 million and losses of $1.9 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and gains of $0.7 million and losses of $0.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Noninterest expenses were $28.4 million and $30.4 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $55.7 million and $56.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Employees’ compensation and benefits accounted for the majority of the decrease in noninterest expenses primarily due to decreases in compensation costs that vary with noninterest income.

 

Corporate

 

Corporate includes certain activities not allocated to specific business segments. These activities include holding company financing and investing activities, and management and administrative services to support the overall operations of the Company including, but not limited to, certain executive management, corporate relations, legal, finance, and acquisition costs not allocated to business segments.

 

As a holding company, Hilltop’s primary investment objectives are to preserve capital and have available cash resources to utilize in making acquisitions. Investment and interest income earned, primarily from available cash and available-for-sale securities, including our note receivable from SWS, was $1.7 million and $1.6 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $3.4 million and $3.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Interest expense of $1.7 million and $3.5 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, was due to interest costs associated with the 7.50% Senior Exchangeable Notes due 2025 of HTH Operating Partnership LP, a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop, which were called for redemption during the fourth quarter of 2013.

 

Noninterest expenses were $2.6 million and $1.7 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 , respectively, and $4.8 million and $3.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Noninterest expenses were primarily comprised of employees’ compensation and benefits and professional fees. The increases in noninterest expenses were primarily due to year-over-year increases in headcount and related costs.

 

Financial Condition

 

The following discussion contains a more detailed analysis of our financial condition at June 30, 2014 as compared to December 31, 2013.

 

Securities Portfolio

 

At June 30, 2014, investment securities consisted of securities of the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government and its agencies, obligations of municipalities and other political subdivisions, primarily in the State of Texas, mortgage-backed, corporate debt, and equity securities, a note receivable and a warrant. We have the ability to categorize investments as trading, available for sale, and held to maturity.

 

Trading securities are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term and are carried at fair value, marked to market through operations and held at the Bank and First Southwest. Securities that may be sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in securities’ prepayment risk, increases in loan demand, general liquidity needs and other similar factors are classified as available for sale and are carried at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Securities are classified as held to maturity based on the intent and ability of our management, at the time of purchase, to hold such securities to maturity. These securities are carried at amortized cost.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

The table below summarizes our securities portfolio (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Trading securities, at fair value

 

$

61,663

 

$

58,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

63,822

 

43,528

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

635,099

 

662,732

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

57,504

 

60,087

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

107,130

 

120,461

 

Corporate debt securities

 

101,255

 

76,608

 

States and political subdivisions

 

147,831

 

156,835

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

665

 

760

 

Equity securities

 

24,653

 

22,079

 

Note receivable

 

49,921

 

47,909

 

Warrant

 

13,898

 

12,144

 

 

 

1,201,778

 

1,203,143

 

Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

31,048

 

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

29,821

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

4,406

 

 

 

 

65,275

 

 

Total securities portfolio

 

$

1,328,716

 

$

1,261,989

 

 

We had net unrealized losses of $4.1 million and $53.7 million related to the available for sale investment portfolio at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The significant decrease in the net unrealized loss position of our available for sale investment portfolio during 2014 was due to the effects of a decrease in market interest rates since December 31, 2013 that resulted in an increase in the fair value of our debt securities.

 

The market value of securities held to maturity at June 30, 2014 approximated book value.

 

Banking Segment

 

The banking segment’s securities portfolio plays a role in the management of our interest rate sensitivity and generates additional interest income. In addition, the securities portfolio is used to meet collateral requirements for public and trust deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other purposes. The available for sale securities portfolio serves as a source of liquidity. Historically, the Bank’s policy has been to invest primarily in securities of the U.S. government and its agencies, obligations of municipalities in the State of Texas and other high grade fixed income securities to minimize credit risk. At June 30, 2014, the banking segment’s securities portfolio of $1.1 billion was comprised of trading securities of $21.1 million, available for sale securities of $974.1 million and held to maturity securities of $65.3 million.

 

Insurance Segment

 

Our insurance segment’s primary investment objective is to preserve capital and manage for a total rate of return. NLC’s strategy is to purchase securities in sectors that represent the most attractive relative value. Our insurance segment invests the premiums it receives from policyholders until they are needed to pay policyholder claims or other expenses. At June 30, 2014, the insurance segment’s securities portfolio was comprised of $153.1 million in available for sale securities and $5.5 million of other investments included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheet.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

Financial Advisory Segment

 

Our financial advisory segment holds securities to support sales, underwriting and other customer activities. Because FSC is a broker-dealer, it is required to carry its securities at fair value and record changes in the fair value of the portfolio in operations. Accordingly, FSC classifies its securities portfolio of $40.5 million at June 30, 2014 as trading.

 

Corporate

 

Available for sale securities of Hilltop at June 30, 2014 include the note receivable from, and warrant to purchase shares of SWS, of $63.8 million, and equity securities of $10.7 million representing those shares of SWS common stock held by Hilltop.

 

Non-Covered Loan Portfolio

 

Consolidated non-covered loans held for investment are detailed in the table below, classified by portfolio segment and segregated between those considered to be PCI loans and all other originated or acquired loans (in thousands). PCI loans showed evidence of credit deterioration that makes it probable that all contractually required principal and interest payments will not be collected.

 

 

 

Loans, excluding

 

PCI

 

Total

 

 

 

PCI Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,660,181

 

$

21,474

 

$

1,681,655

 

Real estate

 

1,560,314

 

26,221

 

1,586,535

 

Construction and land development

 

381,608

 

10,003

 

391,611

 

Consumer

 

51,947

 

3,089

 

55,036

 

Non-covered loans, gross

 

3,654,050

 

60,787

 

3,714,837

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(32,857

)

(3,574

)

(36,431

)

Non-covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

3,621,193

 

$

57,213

 

$

3,678,406

 

 

 

 

Loans, excluding

 

PCI

 

Total

 

 

 

PCI Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,600,450

 

$

36,816

 

$

1,637,266

 

Real estate

 

1,418,003

 

39,250

 

1,457,253

 

Construction and land development

 

344,734

 

19,817

 

364,551

 

Consumer

 

51,067

 

4,509

 

55,576

 

Non-covered loans, gross

 

3,414,254

 

100,392

 

3,514,646

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(30,104

)

(3,137

)

(33,241

)

Non-covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

3,384,150

 

$

97,255

 

$

3,481,405

 

 

Banking Segment

 

The loan portfolio constitutes the major earning asset of the banking segment and typically offers the best alternative for obtaining the maximum interest spread above the banking segment’s cost of funds. The overall economic strength of the banking segment generally parallels the quality and yield of its loan portfolio. The banking segment’s loan portfolio is presented below in two sections, “— Non-Covered Loan Portfolio” and “— Covered Loan Portfolio.” The “Covered Loan Portfolio” consists of loans acquired in the FNB Transaction that are subject to loss-share agreements with the FDIC and is discussed below. The “Non-Covered Loan Portfolio” includes all other loans held by the Bank, which we refer to as “non-covered loans,” and is discussed herein.

 

The banking segment’s total non-covered loans, net of the allowance for non-covered loan losses, were $4.2 billion and $4.3 billion at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The banking segment’s non-covered loan portfolio includes a $1.5 billion warehouse line of credit extended to PrimeLending, of which $1.3 billion and $1.0 billion was drawn at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, as well as term loans to First Southwest that had an outstanding balance of $23.0 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Prior to June 2014, the warehouse line of credit had $1.3 billion of availability. Amounts advanced against the warehouse line of credit and the First Southwest term loans are eliminated from net loans on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

The banking segment does not generally participate in syndicated loan transactions and has no foreign loans in its portfolio. The areas of concentration within our covered real estate portfolio were construction and land development loans, non-construction residential real estate loans, and non-construction commercial real estate loans. At June 30, 2014, the banking segment’s non-covered loan concentrations (loans to borrowers engaged in similar activities) that exceeded 10% of its total non-covered loans included construction and land development loans and non-construction commercial real estate loans within the non-covered real estate portfolio. At June 30, 2014, construction and land development loans and non-construction commercial real estate loans were 10.39% and 29.40%, respectively, of the banking segment’s total non-covered loans. The banking segment’s non-covered loan concentrations were within regulatory guidelines at June 30, 2014.

 

Mortgage Origination Segment

 

The loan portfolio of the mortgage origination segment consists of loans held for sale, primarily single-family residential mortgages funded through PrimeLending, and pipeline loans, which are loans in various stages of the application process, but not yet closed and funded. Pipeline loans may not close if potential borrowers elect in their sole discretion not to proceed with the loan application. Total loans held for sale were $1.4 billion and $1.1 billion at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

 

The components of the mortgage origination segment’s loans held for sale and pipeline loans are as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Loans held for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance

 

$

1,348,551

 

$

1,066,850

 

Fair value adjustment

 

61,723

 

21,555

 

 

 

$

1,410,274

 

$

1,088,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pipeline loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance

 

$

981,330

 

$

602,467

 

Fair value adjustment

 

28,584

 

12,151

 

 

 

$

1,009,914

 

$

614,618

 

 

Financial Advisory Segment

 

The loan portfolio of the financial advisory segment consists primarily of margin loans to customers and correspondents.  These loans are collateralized by the securities purchased or by other securities owned by the clients and, because of collateral coverage ratios, are believed to present minimal collectability exposure. Additionally, these loans are subject to a number of regulatory requirements as well as FSC’s internal policies. The financial advisory segment’s total non-covered loans, net of the allowance for non-covered loan losses, were $356.7 million and $281.6 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. This increase was primarily attributable to increased borrowings in margin accounts held by FSC customers and correspondents.

 

Covered Loan Portfolio

 

Banking Segment

 

Loans acquired in the FNB Transaction that are subject to loss-share agreements with the FDIC are referred to as “covered loans” and reported separately in our consolidated balance sheets. Under the terms of the loss-share agreements, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank the following amounts with respect to the covered assets (including covered loans): (i) 80% of losses on the first $240.4 million of losses incurred; (ii) 0% of losses in excess of $240.4 million up to and including $365.7 million of losses incurred; and (iii) 80% of losses in excess of $365.7 million of losses incurred. The Bank has also agreed to reimburse the FDIC for any subsequent recoveries. The loss-share agreements for commercial and single family residential loans are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, and the loss recovery provisions to the FDIC are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date. In accordance with the loss-share agreements, the Bank may be required to make a “true-up” payment to the FDIC approximately ten years following the Bank Closing Date if the FDIC’s initial estimate of losses on covered assets is greater than the actual realized losses. The “true-up” payment is calculated using a defined formula set forth in the P&A Agreement.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

In connection with the FNB Transaction, the Bank acquired loans both with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. The banking segment’s portfolio of acquired covered loans had a fair value of $1.1 billion as of the Bank Closing Date, with no carryover of any allowance for loan losses.

 

Covered loans held for investment are detailed in the table below and classified by portfolio segment (in thousands).

 

 

 

Loans, excluding

 

PCI

 

Total

 

 

 

PCI Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

23,892

 

$

26,124

 

$

50,016

 

Real estate

 

208,870

 

489,355

 

698,225

 

Construction and land development

 

17,033

 

79,739

 

96,772

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

Covered loans, gross

 

249,795

 

595,218

 

845,013

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(201

)

(3,914

)

(4,115

)

Covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

249,594

 

$

591,304

 

$

840,898

 

 

 

 

Loans, excluding

 

PCI

 

Total

 

 

 

PCI Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

28,533

 

$

38,410

 

$

66,943

 

Real estate

 

223,304

 

564,678

 

787,982

 

Construction and land development

 

25,376

 

126,068

 

151,444

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

Covered loans, gross

 

277,213

 

729,156

 

1,006,369

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(179

)

(882

)

(1,061

)

Covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

277,034

 

$

728,274

 

$

1,005,308

 

 

At June 30, 2014, the banking segment had covered loan concentrations (loans to borrowers engaged in similar activities) that exceeded 10% of total covered loans in its real estate portfolio. The areas of concentration within our covered real estate portfolio were construction and land development loans, non-construction residential real estate loans, and non-construction commercial real estate loans. At June 30, 2014, construction and land development loans, non-construction residential real estate loans, and non-construction commercial real estate loans were 13.45%, 34.09% and 41.98%, respectively, of the banking segment’s total covered loans. The banking segment’s covered loan concentrations were within regulatory guidelines at June 30, 2014.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in our existing non-covered and covered loan portfolios. Management has responsibility for determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, subject to review by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors and the Loan Review Committee of the Bank’s board of directors.

 

It is management’s responsibility at the end of each quarter, or more frequently as deemed necessary, to analyze the level of the allowance for loan losses to ensure that it is appropriate for the estimated credit losses in the portfolio consistent with the Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and the Receivables and Contingencies Topics of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”). Estimated credit losses are the probable current amount of loans that we will be unable to collect given facts and circumstances as of the evaluation date. When management determines that a loan, or portion thereof, is uncollectible, the loan, or portion thereof, is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses, or for acquired loans accounted for in pools, charged against the pool discount. Recoveries on charge-offs that occurred prior to the PlainsCapital Merger represent contractual cash flows not expected to be collected and are recorded as accretion income. Recoveries on loans charged-off subsequent to the PlainsCapital Merger are credited to the allowance for loan loss, except for recoveries on loans accounted for in pools, which are credited to the pool discount.

 

We have developed a methodology that seeks to determine an allowance within the scope of the Receivables and Contingencies Topics of the ASC. Each of the loans that has been determined to be impaired is within the scope of the Receivables Topic. Impaired loans that are equal to or greater than $0.5 million are individually evaluated for impairment

 

70



Table of Contents

 

using one of three impairment measurement methods as of the evaluation date: (1) the present value of expected future discounted cash flows on the loan, (2) the loan’s observable market price, or (3) the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Specific reserves are provided in our estimate of the allowance based on the measurement of impairment under these three methods, except for collateral dependent loans, which require the fair value method. All non-impaired loans are within the scope of the Contingencies Topic. Estimates of loss for the Contingencies Topic are calculated based on historical loss, adjusted for qualitative or environmental factors. The Bank uses a rolling three year average net loss rate to calculate historical loss factors. The analysis is conducted by call report category, and further disaggregates commercial and industrial loans by collateral type. The analysis considers charge-offs and recoveries in determining the loss rate; therefore net charge-off experience is used. The historical loss calculation for the quarter is calculated by dividing the current quarter net charge-offs for each loan category by the quarter ended loan category balance. The Bank utilizes a weighted average loss rate to better represent recent trends. The Bank weights the most recent four quarter average at 120% versus the oldest four quarters at 80%.

 

While historical loss experience provides a reasonable starting point for the analysis, historical losses are not the sole basis upon which we determine the appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses. Management considers recent qualitative or environmental factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with the existing portfolio to differ from historical loss experience, including but not limited to:

 

·                   changes in the volume and severity of past due, nonaccrual and classified loans;

·                   changes in the nature, volume and terms of loans in the portfolio;

·                   changes in lending policies and procedures;

·                   changes in economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of the portfolio;

·                   changes in lending management and staff;

·                   changes in the loan review system and the degree of oversight by the Bank’s board of directors; and

·                   any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations.

 

Changes in the volume and severity of past due, nonaccrual and classified loans, as well as changes in the nature, volume and terms of loans in the portfolio are key indicators of changes that could indicate a necessary adjustment to the historical loss factors.  The magnitude of the impact of these factors on our qualitative assessment of the allowance for loan loss changes from quarter to quarter.

 

We design our loan review program to identify and monitor problem loans by maintaining a credit grading process, requiring that timely and appropriate changes are made to reviewed loans and coordinating the delivery of the information necessary to assess the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses. Loans are evaluated for impaired status when: (i) payments on the loan are delayed, typically by 90 days or more (unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection), (ii) the loan becomes classified, (iii) the loan is being reviewed in the normal course of the loan review scope, or (iv) the loan is identified by the servicing officer as a problem. We review on an individual basis all loan relationships over $0.5 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the top 25 loan relationships by dollar amount in each market we serve, and additional relationships necessary to achieve adequate coverage of our various lending markets.

 

Homogeneous loans, such as consumer installment loans, residential mortgage loans and home equity loans, are not individually reviewed and are generally risk graded at the same levels. The risk grade and reserves are established for each homogeneous pool of loans based on the expected net charge-offs from current trends in delinquencies, losses or historical experience and general economic conditions. At June 30, 2014, we had no material delinquencies in these types of loans.

 

The allowance is subject to regulatory examination and determination as to adequacy, which may take into account such factors as the methodology used to calculate the allowance and the size of the allowance. While we believe we have an appropriate allowance for our existing non-covered and covered portfolios at June 30, 2014, additional provisions for losses on existing loans may be necessary in the future. Within our non-covered portfolio, we recorded net charge-offs of $2.3 million and $1.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $2.3 million and $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Our allowance for non-covered loan losses totaled $36.4 million and $33.2 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The ratio of the allowance for non-covered loan losses to total non-covered loans held for investment at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was 0.98% and 0.95%, respectively.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

In connection with the PlainsCapital Merger and the FNB Transaction, we acquired loans both with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. PCI loans acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger are accounted for on an individual loan basis, while PCI loans acquired in the FNB Transaction are accounted for in pools as well as on an individual loan basis. We have established under our PCI accounting policy a framework to aggregate certain acquired loans into various loan pools based on a minimum of two layers of common risk characteristics for the purpose of determining their respective fair values as of their acquisition dates, and for applying the subsequent recognition and measurement provisions for income accretion and impairment testing. The common risk characteristics used for the pooling of the FNB PCI loans are risk grade and loan collateral type. The acquired loans were initially recorded at fair value with no carryover of any allowance for loan losses. Within our covered portfolio, we recorded net charge-offs of $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Our allowance for covered loan losses totaled $4.1 million and $1.1 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The ratio of the allowance for covered loan losses to total covered loans held for investment at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was 0.49% and 0.11%, respectively.

 

Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations to record the total allowance for loan losses at a level deemed appropriate by the banking segment’s management based on such factors as the volume and type of lending it conducted, the amount of non-performing loans and related collateral security, the present level of the allowance for loan losses, the results of recent regulatory examinations, generally accepted accounting principles, general economic conditions and other factors related to the ability to collect loans in its portfolio. The provision for loan losses, primarily in the banking segment, within our non-covered and covered portfolios was $5.5 million and $11.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $8.8 million and $24.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

The following tables present the activity in our allowance for loan losses within our non-covered and covered loan portfolios for the periods presented (in thousands). Substantially all of the activity shown below occurred within the banking segment.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Non-Covered Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

34,645

 

$

16,637

 

$

33,241

 

$

3,409

 

Provisions charged to operating expenses

 

4,083

 

11,289

 

5,471

 

24,294

 

Recoveries of non-covered loans previously charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

629

 

1,921

 

1,354

 

2,415

 

Real estate

 

82

 

62

 

114

 

201

 

Construction and land development

 

41

 

44

 

163

 

151

 

Consumer

 

32

 

20

 

50

 

28

 

Total recoveries

 

784

 

2,047

 

1,681

 

2,795

 

Non-covered loans charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

2,924

 

3,656

 

3,731

 

4,094

 

Real estate

 

72

 

65

 

72

 

96

 

Construction and land development

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

85

 

15

 

159

 

71

 

Total charge-offs

 

3,081

 

3,736

 

3,962

 

4,261

 

Net charge-offs

 

(2,297

)

(1,689

)

(2,281

)

(1,466

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

36,431

 

$

26,237

 

$

36,431

 

$

26,237

 

 

72



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

June 30, 2014

 

Covered Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

2,665

 

$

1,061

 

Provisions charged to operating expenses

 

1,450

 

3,304

 

Recoveries of covered loans previously charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

Covered loans charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

91

 

Real estate

 

 

44

 

Construction and land development

 

 

115

 

Consumer

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

 

 

250

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

(250

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

4,115

 

$

4,115

 

 

The distribution of the allowance for loan losses among loan types and the percentage of the loans for that type to gross loans, excluding unearned income, within our non-covered and covered loan portfolios are presented in the tables below (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Covered

 

 

 

Non-Covered

 

 

 

Reserve

 

Loans

 

Reserve

 

Loans

 

Non-Covered Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

18,062

 

45.27

%

$

16,865

 

46.58

%

Real estate (including construction and land development)

 

18,084

 

53.25

%

16,288

 

51.84

%

Consumer

 

285

 

1.48

%

88

 

1.58

%

Total

 

$

36,431

 

100.00

%

$

33,241

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Covered

 

 

 

Covered

 

 

 

Reserve

 

Loans

 

Reserve

 

Loans

 

Covered Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,146

 

5.92

%

$

1,053

 

6.65

%

Real estate (including construction and land development)

 

2,551

 

94.08

%

8

 

93.35

%

Consumer

 

418

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

Total

 

$

4,115

 

100.00

%

$

1,061

 

100.00

%

 

Potential Problem Loans

 

Potential problem loans consist of loans that are performing in accordance with contractual terms but for which management has concerns about the ability of an obligor to continue to comply with repayment terms because of the obligor’s potential operating or financial difficulties. Management monitors these loans and reviews their performance on a regular basis. Potential problem loans contain potential weaknesses that could improve, persist or further deteriorate. If such potential weaknesses persist without improving, the loan is subject to downgrade, typically to substandard, in three to six months. Within our non-covered loan portfolio at June 30, 2014, we had nine credit relationships totaling $22.9 million of potential problem loans, which are assigned a grade of special mention within our risk grading matrix. At December 31, 2013, we had ten credit relationships totaling $24.7 million of non-covered potential problem loans. Within our covered loan portfolio at June 30, 2014, we had two credit relationship totaling $1.7 million of potential problem loans assigned a grade of special mention within our risk grading matrix, compared with two credit relationships totaling $3.3 million at December 31, 2013.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

Non-Performing Assets

 

The following table presents our components of non-covered non-performing assets (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Non-covered loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

14,762

 

$

16,730

 

Real estate

 

6,296

 

6,511

 

Construction and land development

 

863

 

112

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

21,921

 

$

23,353

 

Non-covered non-performing loans as a percentage of total non-covered loans

 

0.43

%

0.51

%

Non-covered other real estate owned

 

$

4,353

 

$

4,805

 

Other repossessed assets

 

$

1,719

 

$

13

 

Non-covered non-performing assets

 

$

27,993

 

$

28,171

 

Non-covered non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets

 

0.30

%

0.32

%

Non-covered loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing

 

$

1

 

$

534

 

Troubled debt restructurings included in accruing non-covered loans

 

$

406

 

$

1,055

 

 

At June 30, 2014, total non-covered non-performing assets decreased $0.2 million to $28.0 million, compared with $28.2 million at December 31, 2013. Non-covered non-performing loans totaled $21.9 million at June 30, 2014 and $23.4 million at December 31, 2013. At June 30, 2014, non-covered non-accrual loans included 17 commercial and industrial relationships with loans of $12.0 million secured by accounts receivable, inventory, oil and gas properties, aircraft and life insurance, and a total of $1.5 million in lease financing receivables. Non-covered non-accrual loans at June 30, 2014 also included $6.3 million characterized as real estate loans, including two commercial real estate loan relationships of $0.5 million and loans secured by residential real estate of $5.8 million, $3.9 million of which were classified as loans held for sale, as well as construction and land development loans of $0.9 million. At December 31, 2013, non-covered non-accrual loans included five commercial and industrial relationships with loans of $14.0 million secured by accounts receivable, inventory, aircraft and life insurance, and a total of $1.0 million in lease financing receivables. Non-covered non-accrual loans at December 31, 2013 also included $6.5 million characterized as real estate loans, including three commercial real estate loan relationships of $2.5 million and loans secured by residential real estate of $3.5 million, substantially all of which were classified as loans held for sale, as well as construction and land development loans of $0.1 million.

 

Non-covered OREO decreased $0.4 million to $4.4 million at June 30, 2014, compared with $4.8 million at December 31, 2013. Changes in non-covered OREO included the disposal of seven properties totaling $2.4 million and the addition of five properties totaling $2.4 million. At June 30, 2014, non-covered OREO included commercial properties of $0.4 million, commercial real estate property consisting of parcels of unimproved land of $2.1 million and residential lots under development of $1.9 million. At December 31, 2013, non-covered OREO included commercial properties of $4.2 million, commercial real estate property consisting of parcels of unimproved land of $0.5 million and residential lots under development of $0.1 million.

 

At June 30, 2014, troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) granted on non-covered loans totaled $10.3 million, of which $0.4 million relate to non-covered PCI loans that are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method and non-covered non-performing loans of $9.9 million for which discount accretion has been suspended. At December 31, 2013, TDRs granted on non-covered loans totaled $11.4 million. These TDRs were comprised of $1.1 million of non-covered PCI loans that are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method and non-covered non-performing loans of $10.3 million for which discount accretion has been suspended.

 

Non-covered loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing were de minimis at June 30, 2014, compared to a total of $0.5 million at December 31, 2013 that included secured commercial and industrial loans, and a real estate loan.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents components of our covered non-performing assets (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Covered loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

2,095

 

$

973

 

Real estate

 

12,620

 

249

 

Construction and land development

 

1,919

 

575

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

16,634

 

$

1,797

 

Covered non-performing loans as a percentage of total covered loans

 

1.97

%

0.18

%

Covered other real estate owned

 

$

142,174

 

$

142,833

 

Other repossessed assets

 

$

 

$

 

Covered non-performing assets

 

$

158,808

 

$

144,630

 

Covered non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets

 

1.69

%

1.62

%

Covered loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing

 

$

272

 

$

 

Troubled debt restructurings included in accruing covered loans

 

$

 

$

 

 

At June 30, 2014, covered non-performing assets increased by $14.2 million to $158.8 million, compared with $144.6 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in covered non-accrual loans of $14.8 million. Covered non-performing loans totaled $16.6 million at June 30, 2014 and $1.8 million at December 31, 2013. At June 30, 2014, covered non-performing loans included seven commercial and industrial relationships with loans of $1.0 million secured by accounts receivable and inventory, two commercial real estate loan relationships of $10.9 million, eleven residential real estate loan relationships of $1.7 million, as well as construction and land development loans of $1.9 million. At December 31, 2013, covered non-performing loans of $1.8 million included one commercial and industrial relationship with loans of $1.0 million secured by accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Covered non-accrual loans at December 31, 2013 also included one commercial real estate loan relationship of $0.2 million, as well as construction and land development loans of $0.6 million.

 

OREO acquired in the FNB Transaction that is subject to the FDIC loss-share agreements is referred to as “covered OREO” and reported separately in our consolidated balance sheets. Covered OREO decreased $0.6 million to $142.2 million at June 30, 2014, compared with $142.8 million at December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to the disposal of 125 properties totaling $34.7 million, partially offset by the addition of 87 properties totaling $34.5 million. At June 30, 2014, covered OREO included commercial properties of $93.9 million, commercial real estate property consisting of parcels of unimproved land of $21.4 million and residential lots under development of $26.9 million. At December 31, 2013, covered OREO included commercial properties of $90.5 million, commercial real estate property consisting of parcels of unimproved land of $21.4 million and residential lots under development of $30.9 million.

 

Covered loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing totaled $0.3 million at June 30, 2014 and included secured commercial and industrial loans, a construction and land development loan, and commercial and residential real estate loans.

 

Insurance Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 

At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, our reserves for unpaid losses and LAE were $35.1 million and $27.5 million, respectively. The liability for insurance losses and LAE represents estimates of the ultimate unpaid cost of all losses incurred, including losses for claims that have not yet been reported. Separately for each of NLIC and ASIC and each line of business, our actuaries estimate the liability for unpaid losses and LAE by first estimating ultimate losses and LAE amounts for each year, prior to recognizing the impact of reinsurance.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Insured losses for a given accident year change in value over time as additional information on claims is received, as claim conditions change and as new claims are reported. This process is commonly referred to as loss development. To project ultimate losses and LAE, our actuaries examine the paid and reported losses and LAE for each accident year and multiply these values by a loss development factor. The selected loss development factors are based upon a review of the loss development patterns indicated in the companies’ historical loss triangles and applicable insurance industry loss development factors.

 

The reserve analysis performed by our actuaries provides preliminary central estimates of the unpaid losses and LAE. At each quarter-end, the results of the reserve analysis are summarized and discussed with our senior management. The senior management group considers many factors in determining the amount of reserves to record for financial statement purposes. These factors include the extent and timing of any recent catastrophic events, historical pattern and volatility of the actuarial indications, the sensitivity of the actuarial indications to changes in paid and reported loss patterns, the consistency of claims handling processes, the consistency of case reserving practices, changes in our pricing and underwriting, and overall pricing and underwriting trends in the insurance market.

 

Deposits

 

The banking segment’s major source of funds and liquidity is its deposit base. Deposits provide funding for its investment in loans and securities. Interest paid for deposits must be managed carefully to control the level of interest expense and overall net interest margin. The composition of the deposit base (time deposits versus interest-bearing demand deposits and savings), as discussed in more detail within the section entitled “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Banking Segment” below, is constantly changing due to the banking segment’s needs and market conditions. Overall, average deposits totaled $6.5 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase from average deposits of $4.7 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The significant year-over-year increase in average deposits was primarily due to those deposits assumed as a part of the FNB Transaction. The table below presents the average balance of deposits and the average rate paid on those deposits (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

1,741,409

 

0.00

%

$

1,184,990

 

0.00

%

$

1,370,029

 

0.00

%

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

2,310,167

 

0.22

%

1,813,333

 

0.25

%

1,930,622

 

0.24

%

Savings deposits

 

286,734

 

0.21

%

179,302

 

0.36

%

247,789

 

0.32

%

Certificates of deposit

 

2,138,125

 

0.38

%

1,475,567

 

0.59

%

1,745,483

 

0.54

%

 

 

$

6,476,435

 

0.21

%

$

4,653,192

 

0.30

%

$

5,293,923

 

0.28

%

 

Borrowings

 

Our borrowings are shown in the table below (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

1,187,193

 

0.32

%

$

342,087

 

0.36

%

Notes payable

 

55,584

 

4.62

%

56,327

 

6.33

%

Junior subordinated debentures

 

67,012

 

3.52

%

67,012

 

3.59

%

 

 

$

1,309,789

 

0.97

%

$

465,426

 

2.10

%

 

Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and short-term bank loans. The $845.1 million increase in short-term borrowings at June 30, 2014 compared with December 31, 2013 included increases of $750.0 million in borrowings at the FHLB, $68.2 million in federal funds purchased and $22.3 million in securities sold under agreements to repurchase. These increases were the result of higher funding requirements associated with the increase in our mortgage origination segment’s balance on its warehouse line of credit with the Bank, a decrease in deposits, and a slight increase in loans. Notes payable at June 30, 2014 of $55.6 million is comprised of insurance segment term notes and nonrecourse notes owed by First Southwest.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Hilltop is a financial holding company whose assets primarily consist of the stock of its subsidiaries and invested assets. Hilltop’s primary investment objectives, as a holding company, are to preserve capital and have available cash resources to utilize in making acquisitions. At June 30, 2014, Hilltop had approximately $158 million in freely available cash and cash equivalents. If necessary or appropriate, we may also finance acquisitions with the proceeds from equity or debt issuances. The current short-term liquidity needs of Hilltop include operating expenses, dividends on preferred stock and the cash consideration associated with the SWS merger.

 

Pending Merger

 

On March 31, 2014, we entered into a definitive merger agreement with SWS providing for the merger of SWS with and into a subsidiary of Hilltop formed for the purpose of facilitating this transaction (the “merger”). Under the terms of the merger agreement, SWS stockholders will receive per share consideration of 0.2496 shares of Hilltop common stock and $1.94 of cash, equating to $7.25 per share based on Hilltop’s closing price on June 30, 2014. The value of the merger consideration will fluctuate with the market price of Hilltop common stock. We intend to fund the cash portion of the consideration, currently estimated at approximately $78 million in the aggregate, through available cash. The merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals and approval of the stockholders of SWS, and is expected to be completed prior to the end of 2014.

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

As a result of the PlainsCapital Merger, the outstanding shares of PlainsCapital Corporation’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, all of which were held by the U.S. Treasury, were converted on a one-for-one basis into shares of Hilltop Series B Preferred Stock. The terms of our Series B Preferred Stock provide for the payment of non-cumulative dividends on a quarterly basis. The dividend rate, as a percentage of the liquidation amount, fluctuated until December 31, 2013 based upon changes in the level of “qualified small business lending” (“QSBL”) by the Bank. The shares of Hilltop Series B Preferred Stock are senior to shares of our common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation preference, and qualify as Tier 1 Capital for regulatory purposes. At both June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $114.1 million of our Series B Preferred Stock was outstanding. During the three months ended June 30, 2014, we accrued dividends of $1.4 million on the Hilltop Series B Preferred Stock.

 

The dividend rate on the Hilltop Series B Preferred Stock is fixed at 5.0% from January 1, 2014 until March 26, 2016, based upon our level of QSBL at September 30, 2013. Beginning March 27, 2016, the dividend rate on any outstanding shares of Hilltop Series B Preferred Stock will be fixed at nine percent (9%) per annum.

 

Loss-Share Agreements

 

In connection with the FNB Transaction, the Bank entered into two loss-share agreements with the FDIC that collectively cover $1.2 billion of loans and OREO acquired in the FNB Transaction, which we refer to as “covered assets”. Pursuant to the loss-share agreements, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank the following amounts with respect to the covered assets: (i) 80% of losses on the first $240.4 million of losses incurred; (ii) 0% of losses in excess of $240.4 million up to and including $365.7 million of losses incurred; and (iii) 80% of losses in excess of $365.7 million of losses incurred. The Bank has also agreed to reimburse the FDIC for any subsequent recoveries. The loss-share agreements for commercial and single family residential loans are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date and the loss recovery provisions to the FDIC are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date. In accordance with the loss-share agreements, the Bank may be required to make a “true-up” payment to the FDIC approximately ten years following the Bank Closing Date if the FDIC’s initial estimate of losses on covered assets is greater than the actual realized losses. The “true-up” payment is calculated using a defined formula set forth in the P&A Agreement.

 

Regulatory Capital

 

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements may prompt certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy and regulatory requirements,

 

77



Table of Contents

 

we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

At June 30, 2014, Hilltop exceeded all regulatory capital requirements with a total capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 18.79%, Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 18.11% and a Tier 1 capital to average assets, or leverage, ratio of 13.51%. At June 30, 2014, the Bank was also considered to be “well-capitalized” under regulatory requirements. We discuss regulatory capital requirements in more detail in Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2013, federal banking regulators released final rules for the regulation of capital and liquidity for U.S. banking organizations, establishing Basel III, a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations that will become effective for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period through January 2019).

 

In addition, under the final rules, bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009 are allowed to continue to include junior subordinated debentures in Tier 1 capital, subject to certain restrictions. However, if an institution grows to above $15 billion in assets as a result of an acquisition, or organically grows to above $15 billion in assets and then makes an acquisition, the combined trust preferred issuances must be phased out of Tier 1 and into Tier 2 capital (75% in 2015 and 100% in 2016). It is possible that we may accelerate redemption of the existing junior subordinated debentures. All of the debentures issued to PCC Statutory Trusts I, II, III and IV (the “Trusts”), less the common stock of the Trusts, qualified as Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2014, under guidance issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

The final rules also provide for a number of adjustments to and deductions from the new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, as well as changes to the calculation of risk weighted assets which is expected to increase the absolute level. Under current capital standards, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive items included in capital are excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Under Basel III, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including Hilltop and the Bank, may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items. Hilltop and Bank expect to make this election in order to avoid significant variations in the level of capital depending upon the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of our securities portfolio. In addition, deductions include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from the common equity Tier 1 capital ratio to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of the common equity Tier 1 capital ratio or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of the common equity Tier 1 capital ratio. Further, deferred tax assets which are related to operating losses and tax credit carry forward are excluded from the common equity Tier 1 capital ratio.

 

The final rules did not address the proposed liquidity coverage ratio test and the net stable funding ratio test called for by the Basel III liquidity framework. Management will continue to monitor the developments related to these proposals and their potential impact on our liquidity requirements.

 

Management believes that, as of June 30, 2014, Hilltop and the Bank would meet all applicable capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III capital rules for banks with less than $15 billion in assets on a fully phased-in basis as if such requirements were currently in effect. For additional information concerning the Basel III capital rules, refer to the discussion under the caption “Government Supervision and Regulation — PlainsCapital Bank — BASEL III” set forth in Part I, Item I. of our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Cash Flow Activities

 

Cash and cash equivalents (consisting of cash and due from banks and federal funds sold), totaled $688.8 million at June 30, 2014, a decrease of $57.2 million from $746.0 million at December 31, 2013. Deposit flows, calls of investment securities and borrowed funds, and prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed securities are strongly influenced by interest rates, general and local economic conditions and competition in the marketplace. These factors reduce the predictability of the timing of these sources of funds.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

Cash used in operations during the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $291.7 million, a decrease in cash flow of $306.4 million compared with the same period in 2013. Cash used in operations increased primarily due to reductions in cash provided by our mortgage loan origination activities.

 

Cash provided by our investment activities during the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $40.6 million, including $68.6 million from net changes in loans and $38.3 million from sales of premises and equipment and other real estate owned, partially offset by net cash paid for FHLB and FRB stock of $31.4 million, net purchases of premises and equipment and other assets of $19.8 million and net purchases of securities in our investment portfolio of $15.0 million. Cash used in our investment activities during the six months ended June 30, 2013 of $206.3 million primarily included net purchases of securities for investment of $127.5 million, $51.0 million for the origination of loans held for investment and net cash paid for FHLB and FRB stock of $21.2 million. The increase in cash provided by investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013, was primarily due to reduced net purchases of securities driven by market conditions.

 

Cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $193.9 million, an increase in cash provided of $102.7 million compared with the same period in 2013. The increase in cash provided by financing activities was due primarily to a greater increase in short-term borrowings during the six months ended June 30, 2014, offset by a greater decrease in deposits during the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared with the same period in 2013.

 

Banking Segment

 

Within our banking segment, liquidity refers to the measure of our ability to meet our customers’ short-term and long-term deposit withdrawals and anticipated and unanticipated increases in loan demand without penalizing earnings. Interest rate sensitivity involves the relationships between rate-sensitive assets and liabilities and is an indication of the probable effects of interest rate fluctuations on our net interest income.

 

Our asset and liability group is responsible for continuously monitoring our liquidity position to ensure that assets and liabilities are managed in a manner that will meet our short-term and long-term cash requirements. Funds invested in short-term marketable instruments, the continuous maturing of other interest-earning assets, cash flows from self-liquidating investments such as mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, the possible sale of available for sale securities, and the ability to securitize certain types of loans provide sources of liquidity from an asset perspective. The liability base provides sources of liquidity through deposits and the maturity structure of short-term borrowed funds. For short-term liquidity needs, we utilize federal fund lines of credit with correspondent banks, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, borrowings from the Federal Reserve and borrowings under lines of credit with other financial institutions.  For intermediate liquidity needs, we utilize advances from the FHLB. To supply liquidity over the longer term, we have access to brokered certificates of deposit, term loans at the FHLB and borrowings under lines of credit with other financial institutions.

 

We had deposits of $6.2 billion at June 30, 2014, a decrease of $567.6 million from $6.7 billion at December 31, 2013. This decrease is primarily due to seasonal factors related to our customers’ requirements to satisfy year-end tax obligations and our strategic decision to offer lower renewal rates on certain time deposits acquired in the FNB Transaction that conform to the legacy PlainsCapital Bank interest rate structure. Deposit flows are affected by the level of market interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by competitors, the volatility of equity markets and other factors. At June 30, 2014, money market deposits, including brokered deposits, were $959.4 million; time deposits, including brokered deposits, were $1.9 billion; and noninterest bearing demand deposits were $1.8 billion. Money market deposits, including brokered deposits, decreased by $195.9 million from $1.2 billion and time deposits, including brokered deposits, decreased $419.9 million from $2.3 billion at December 31, 2013.

 

The Bank’s 15 largest depositors, excluding Hilltop and First Southwest, accounted for 13.26% of the Bank’s total deposits, and the Bank’s five largest depositors, excluding First Southwest, accounted for 8.63% of the Bank’s total deposits at June 30, 2014. The loss of one or more of our largest Bank customers, or a significant decline in our deposit balances due to ordinary course fluctuations related to these customers’ businesses, could adversely affect our liquidity and might require us to raise deposit rates to attract new deposits, purchase federal funds or borrow funds on a short-term basis to replace such deposits. We have not experienced any liquidity issues to date with respect to brokered deposits or our other large balance deposits, and we believe alternative sources of funding are available to more than compensate for the loss of one or more of these customers.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Mortgage Origination Segment

 

PrimeLending funds the mortgage loans it originates through a warehouse line of credit of up to $1.5 billion maintained with the Bank. At June 30, 2014, PrimeLending had outstanding borrowings of $1.3 billion against the warehouse line of credit. PrimeLending sells substantially all mortgage loans it originates to various investors in the secondary market, the majority with servicing released. As these mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market, PrimeLending pays down its warehouse line of credit with the Bank. In addition, PrimeLending has an available line of credit with JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA (“JPMorgan Chase”) of up to $1.0 million. At June 30, 2014, PrimeLending had no borrowings under the JPMorgan Chase line of credit.

 

Insurance Segment

 

Our insurance operating subsidiary’s primary investment objectives is to preserve capital and manage for a total rate of return. NLC’s strategy is to purchase securities in sectors that represent the most attractive relative value. Bonds, cash and short-term investments of $210.4 million, or 91.6%, equity investments of $13.9 million and other investments of $5.5 million comprised NLC’s $229.8 million in total cash and investments at June 30, 2014. NLC does not currently have any significant concentration in both direct and indirect guarantor exposure or any investments in subprime mortgages. NLC has custodial agreements with Wells Fargo and an investment management agreement with DTF Holdings, LLC.

 

Financial Advisory Segment

 

FSC relies on its equity capital, short-term bank borrowings, interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing client credit balances, correspondent deposits, securities lending arrangements, repurchase agreement financings and other payables to finance its assets and operations. FSC has credit arrangements with four unaffiliated banks of up to $305.0 million, which are used to finance securities owned, securities held for correspondent accounts, receivables in customer margin accounts and underwriting activities. These credit arrangements are provided on an “as offered” basis and are not committed lines of credit. At June 30, 2014, FSC had borrowed $102.0 million under these credit arrangements.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

Our consolidated financial statements included herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which presently require us to measure financial position and operating results primarily in terms of historic dollars. Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation or recession are generally not considered. The primary effect of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. In management’s opinion, changes in interest rates affect the financial condition of a financial institution to a far greater degree than changes in the inflation rate. While interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate or in the same magnitude as the inflation rate. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including changes in the expected rate of inflation, the influence of general and local economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. government, its agencies and various other governmental regulatory authorities.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments; Guarantees

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated balance sheets. We enter into these transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets.

 

We enter into contractual loan commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of our commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards until the time of loan funding. We minimize our exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. We assess the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit and have recorded a liability related to such credit risk in our consolidated financial statements.

 

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, we would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to

 

80



Table of Contents

 

make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, we would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. Our policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.

 

In the aggregate, the Bank had outstanding unused commitments to extend credit of $1.2 billion at June 30, 2014 and outstanding financial and performance standby letters of credit of $40.6 million at June 30, 2014.

 

In the normal course of business, FSC executes, settles and finances various securities transactions that may expose FSC to off-balance sheet risk in the event that a customer or counterparty does not fulfill its contractual obligations. Examples of such transactions include the sale of securities not yet purchased by customers or for the account of FSC, clearing agreements between FSC and various clearinghouses and broker-dealers, secured financing arrangements that involve pledged securities, and when-issued underwriting and purchase commitments.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our management’s discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition. We have identified certain significant accounting policies which involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in making certain estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements. The significant accounting policies which we believe to be the most critical in preparing our consolidated financial statements relate to Allowance for Loan Losses, FDIC Indemnification Asset, Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses, Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets, Loan Indemnification Liability, Mortgage Servicing Rights and Acquisition Accounting. Since December 31, 2013, there have been no changes in critical accounting policies as further described under “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” and Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

Our assessment of market risk as of June 30, 2014 indicates there are no material changes in the quantitative and qualitative disclosures from those previously reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, except as discussed below.

 

The primary objective of the following information is to provide forward-looking quantitative and qualitative information about our potential exposure to market risks. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may result from changes in value of a financial instrument as a result of changes in interest rates, market prices and the credit perception of an issuer. The disclosure is not meant to be a precise indicator of expected future losses, but rather an indicator of reasonably possible losses, and therefore our actual results may differ from any of the following projections. This forward-looking information provides an indicator of how we view and manage our ongoing market risk exposures.

 

Banking Segment

 

The banking segment is engaged primarily in the business of investing funds obtained from deposits and borrowings in interest-earning loans and investments, and our primary component of market risk is sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Consequently, our earnings depend to a significant extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on loans and investments and our interest expense on deposits and borrowings. To the extent that our interest-bearing liabilities do not reprice or mature at the same time as our interest-bearing assets, we are subject to interest rate risk and corresponding fluctuations in net interest income.

 

There are several common sources of interest rate risk that must be effectively managed if there is to be minimal impact on our earnings and capital. Repricing risk arises largely from timing differences in the pricing of assets and liabilities.  Reinvestment risk refers to the reinvestment of cash flows from interest payments and maturing assets at lower or higher rates. Basis risk exists when different yield curves or pricing indices do not change at precisely the same time or in the same magnitude such that assets and liabilities with the same maturity are not all affected equally. Yield curve risk refers to unequal movements in interest rates across a full range of maturities.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

We have employed asset/liability management policies that attempt to manage our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, thereby attempting to control the volatility of net interest income, without having to incur unacceptable levels of risk. We employ procedures which include interest rate shock analysis, repricing gap analysis and balance sheet decomposition techniques to help mitigate interest rate risk in the ordinary course of business. In addition, the asset/liability management policies permit the use of various derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk or hedge specified assets and liabilities.

 

An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an interest rate change in line with general market interest rates. The management of interest rate risk is performed by analyzing the maturity and repricing relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at specific points in time (“GAP”) and by analyzing the effects of interest rate changes on net interest income over specific periods of time by projecting the performance of the mix of assets and liabilities in varied interest rate environments. Interest rate sensitivity reflects the potential effect on net interest income resulting from a movement in interest rates. A company is considered to be asset sensitive, or have a positive GAP, when the amount of its interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities also maturing or repricing within that time period. Conversely, a company is considered to be liability sensitive, or have a negative GAP, when the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-earning assets also maturing or repricing within that time period. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely, while a positive GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely. However, it is our intent to remain relatively balanced so that changes in rates do not have a significant impact on earnings.

 

As illustrated in the table below, the banking segment is asset sensitive overall. Loans that adjust daily or monthly to the Wall Street Journal Prime rate comprise a large percentage of interest sensitive assets and are the primary cause of the banking segment’s asset sensitivity. To help neutralize interest rate sensitivity, the banking segment has kept the terms of most of its borrowings under one year as shown in the following table (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

3 Months or

 

> 3 Months to

 

> 1 Year to

 

> 3 Years to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less

 

1 Year

 

3 Years

 

5 Years

 

> 5 Years

 

Total

 

Interest sensitive assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

3,197,277

 

$

624,873

 

$

721,139

 

$

284,195

 

$

671,708

 

$

5,499,192

 

Securities

 

563,121

 

155,138

 

111,599

 

39,106

 

191,563

 

1,060,527

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

14,813

 

 

 

 

 

14,813

 

Other interest sensitive assets

 

341,181

 

 

 

 

 

341,181

 

Total interest sensitive assets

 

4,116,392

 

780,011

 

832,738

 

323,301

 

863,271

 

6,915,713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitive liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing checking

 

$

2,203,098

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,203,098

 

Savings

 

259,540

 

 

 

 

 

259,540

 

Time deposits

 

588,856

 

875,132

 

276,967

 

130,068

 

14,353

 

1,885,376

 

Notes payable & other borrowings

 

1,004,440

 

75,488

 

1,389

 

745

 

5,290

 

1,087,352

 

Total interest sensitive liabilities

 

4,055,934

 

950,620

 

278,356

 

130,813

 

19,643

 

5,435,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

 

$

60,458

 

$

(170,609

)

$

554,382

 

$

192,488

 

$

843,628

 

$

1,480,347

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

 

$

60,458

 

$

(110,151

)

$

444,231

 

$

636,719

 

$

1,480,347

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of cumulative gap to total interest sensitive assets

 

0.87

%

-1.59

%

6.42

%

9.21

%

21.41

%

 

 

 

The positive GAP in the interest rate analysis indicates that banking segment net interest income would generally rise if rates increase. Because of inherent limitations in interest rate GAP analysis, the banking segment uses multiple interest rate risk measurement techniques. Simulation analysis is used to subject the current repricing conditions to rising and falling interest rates in increments and decrements of 1%, 2% and 3% to determine the effect on net interest income changes for the next twelve months. The banking segment also measures the effects of changes in interest rates on market value of equity by discounting projected cash flows of deposits and loans. Market value changes in the investment portfolio are estimated by discounting future cash flows and using duration analysis. Investment security prepayments are estimated using current market information. We believe the simulation analysis presents a more accurate picture than the

 

82



Table of Contents

 

GAP analysis. Simulation analysis recognizes that deposit products may not react to changes in interest rates as quickly or with the same magnitude as earning assets contractually tied to a market rate index. The sensitivity to changes in market rates varies across deposit products. Also, unlike GAP analysis, simulation analysis takes into account the effect of embedded options in the securities and loan portfolios as well as any off-balance-sheet derivatives.

 

The table below shows the estimated impact of increases of 1%, 2% and 3% and a decrease of 0.5% in interest rates on net interest income and on economic value of equity for the banking segment at June 30, 2014 (dollars in thousands).

 

Change in

 

Changes in

 

Changes in

 

Interest Rates

 

Net Interest Income

 

Economic Value of Equity

 

(basis points)

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

+300

 

$

(3,821

)

-1.51

%

$

(73,215

)

-5.95

%

+200

 

$

(12,028

)

-4.75

%

$

(61,258

)

-4.98

%

+100

 

$

(14,390

)

-5.68

%

$

(24,987

)

-2.03

%

-50

 

$

1,026

 

0.40

%

$

15,910

 

1.29

%

 

The projected changes in net interest income and market value of equity to changes in interest rates at June 30, 2014 were in compliance with established internal policy guidelines. These projected changes are based on numerous assumptions of growth and changes in the mix of assets or liabilities.

 

The historically low level of interest rates, combined with the existence of rate floors that are in effect for a significant portion of the loan portfolio, are projected to cause yields on our earning assets to rise more slowly than increases in market interest rates. As a result, in a rising interest rate environment, our interest rate margins are projected to compress until the rise in market interest rates is sufficient to allow our loan portfolio to reprice above applicable rate floors.

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management, with the supervision and participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report.

 

Based upon that evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act and are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

 

For a description of material pending legal proceedings, see the discussion set forth under the heading “Legal Matters” in Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

 

Except as follows, there have been no material changes to the risk factors disclosed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K. For additional information concerning our risk factors, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Risks Related to the Merger

 

We may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of the pending merger.

 

The success of the merger will depend on, among other things, the ability to achieve certain operating results at SWS. If the financial condition or result of operations of SWS is materially different than those that we forecasted, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

 

Hilltop and SWS have operated and, until the completion of the merger, will continue to operate, independently. The companies may have difficulty addressing possible differences in corporate cultures and management philosophies. It is also possible that clients, customers, depositors and counterparties of SWS could choose to discontinue their relationships with the company post-merger, which would adversely affect our future performance.

 

Our results of operations and the market price of our common stock after the merger may be affected by factors different from those currently affecting our results of operations and the market price of our common stock.

 

Our business differs in important respects from the business of SWS and, accordingly, the results of operations of the combined company and the market price of the combined company’s common stock may be affected by factors different from those currently affecting the independent results of operations of Hilltop and SWS. As a holder of our common stock following the merger, you would be subject to the risks and liabilities affecting SWS as well as those of Hilltop.

 

The merger is subject to the receipt of consents and approvals from government entities that may take longer than expected or may impose conditions that are not presently anticipated or that could have an adverse effect on the combined company following the merger.

 

The merger is conditioned on the receipt of all requisite governmental and regulatory authorizations, consents, orders and approvals from the Federal Reserve Board and the Texas Department of Banking. These government entities may impose conditions on the completion of the merger and the merger of SWS’s wholly owned bank subsidiary, Southwest Securities, FSB, with and into the Bank (the “bank merger”) or require changes to the terms of the merger or bank merger. Although we do not currently expect that any such material conditions or changes would be imposed, there can be no assurance that they will not be, and such conditions or changes could have the effect of delaying or preventing completion of the merger or imposing additional costs on or limiting the revenues of the combined company following the merger and the bank merger, any of which might have an adverse effect on the combined company following the merger and the bank merger.

 

We are subject to contractual restrictions while the merger is pending.

 

Uncertainty about the effect of the merger on employees and customers may have an adverse effect on SWS and consequently on us. These uncertainties may impair SWS’s ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel while the merger is pending, and could cause customers and others that deal with SWS to seek to change existing business relationships with SWS. Retention of certain employees may be challenging during the pendency of the merger, as certain employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles. If key employees depart because of issues relating to such uncertainty or a desire not to remain with the business, our business following the merger could be negatively impacted.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

In addition, the merger agreement restricts SWS and, to a lesser extent, us from taking certain specified actions until the merger occurs without the consent of the other party. These restrictions may prevent us from pursuing attractive business opportunities that may arise prior to the completion of the merger. In addition, our business may be indirectly adversely affected by the failure to pursue other beneficial opportunities due to the focus of management on the merger.

 

The merger is subject to certain closing conditions that, if not satisfied or waived, will result in the merger not being completed, which may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

The merger is subject to customary conditions to closing, including the receipt of required regulatory approvals and approval of the SWS stockholders. If any condition to the merger is not satisfied or waived, the merger will not be completed. In addition, we and SWS may terminate the merger agreement under certain circumstances even if the merger is approved by SWS stockholders, including if the merger has not been consummated by March 31, 2015. If we do not complete the merger, the trading price of our common stock may decline to the extent that the current prices reflect a market assumption that the merger will be completed. In addition, we would not realize any of the expected benefits of having completed the merger. If the merger is not completed, additional risks could materialize, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, our business may have been impacted adversely by the failure to pursue other beneficial opportunities due to the focus of management on the merger, without realizing any of the anticipated benefits of completing the merger. A termination of the merger agreement may also damage our reputation and franchise value.

 

Our current stockholders will have a reduced ownership and voting interest after the merger and will exercise less influence over management.

 

Our current stockholders have the right to vote in the election of our board of directors and on other matters affecting Hilltop. Immediately after the merger is completed, it is expected that, on a fully diluted basis, our current stockholders will own approximately 90%, and current SWS stockholders will own approximately 10%, of the outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result of the merger, our current stockholders will have less influence on our management and policies post-merger than they currently have, and current SWS stockholders will have less influence on our management and policies post-merger than they currently have with respect to SWS.

 

The completion of the merger may trigger change in control provisions in certain agreements to which SWS is a party.

 

The completion of the merger may trigger change in control provisions in certain agreements to which SWS is a party. If we and/or SWS are unable to negotiate waivers of those provisions, the counterparties may exercise their rights and remedies under the agreements (including terminating the agreements or seeking monetary penalties). Even if we and/or SWS are able to obtain waivers, the counterparties may demand a fee for such waivers or seek to renegotiate the agreements on materially less favorable terms than those currently in place.

 

The combined company expects to incur substantial expenses related to the merger.

 

The combined company expects to incur substantial expenses in connection with completing the merger and combining the business, operations, networks, systems, technologies, policies and procedures of the two companies. Although we have assumed that a certain level of transaction and combination expenses would be incurred, there are a number of factors beyond our control that could affect the total amount or the timing of our and SWS’s combination expenses. Many of the expenses that will be incurred, by their nature, are difficult to estimate accurately at the present time. Due to these factors, the transaction and combination expenses associated with the merger could, particularly in the near term, exceed the savings that the combined company expects to achieve from the elimination of duplicative expenses and the realization of economies of scale and cost savings related to the combination of the businesses following the completion of the merger. As a result of these expenses, we and SWS expect to take charges against earnings before and after the completion of the merger. The charges taken in connection with the merger are expected to be significant, although the aggregate amount and timing of such charges are uncertain at present. Further, if the merger is not completed, we would have to recognize these expenses without realizing the expected benefits of the merger.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

If completed, the merger may not produce its anticipated results, and we may be unable to combine our operations with SWS’s operations in the manner expected.

 

We entered into the merger agreement with the expectation that the merger will result in various benefits. Achieving the anticipated benefits of the merger is subject to a number of uncertainties, including whether the Hilltop and SWS organizations can be combined in an efficient, effective and timely manner.

 

It is possible that the transition process could take longer than anticipated and could result in the loss of valuable employees, the disruption of each company’s ongoing businesses, controls, procedures, policies and compensation arrangements, any of which could adversely affect the combined company’s ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger. The combined company’s results of operations could also be adversely affected by any issues attributable to either company’s operations that arise or are based on events or actions that occur prior to the closing of the merger. The companies may have difficulty addressing possible differences in corporate cultures and management philosophies. The transition process is subject to a number of uncertainties, and no assurance can be given that the anticipated benefits will be realized or, if realized, the timing of their realization. Failure to achieve these anticipated benefits could result in increased costs or decreases in the amount of expected revenues and could adversely affect the combined company’s future business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

 

The merger may not be accretive to earnings and may cause dilution to our earnings per share, which may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

 

The merger may not be accretive to earnings and we could encounter additional transaction and integration-related costs, may fail to realize all of the benefits anticipated in the merger or be subject to other factors that affect preliminary estimates. Any of these factors could cause a decrease in our adjusted earnings per share or decrease or delay the expected accretive effect of the merger and contribute to a decrease in the price of our common stock.

 

Pending litigation could result in an injunction preventing the completion of the merger or a judgment resulting in the payment of damages.

 

In connection with the merger, purported SWS stockholders have filed putative shareholder class action lawsuits against SWS, the members of the SWS board of directors and Hilltop. Among other remedies, the plaintiffs seek to enjoin the merger. If the cases are not resolved, these lawsuits could prevent or delay completion of the merger and result in substantial costs to us and to SWS, including any costs associated with the indemnification of directors and officers. Plaintiffs may file additional lawsuits against SWS, Hilltop and/or the directors and officers of either company in connection with the merger. The defense or settlement of any lawsuit or claim that remains unresolved at the time the merger is completed may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

The impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and new capital rules are uncertain.

 

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved a final rule that will substantially amend the risk-based capital rules applicable to Hilltop and the Bank. The final rule implements the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which will be effective for Hilltop and the Bank on January 1, 2015, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating these ratios. The new minimum capital requirements will be: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital ratios and will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement would be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary

 

86



Table of Contents

 

bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions. The application of more stringent capital requirements for Hilltop and the Bank could, among other things, adversely affect our results of operations and growth, require the raising of additional capital, restrict our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements.

 

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board adopted a final rule in February 2014 that clarifies how companies should incorporate the Basel III regulatory capital reforms into their capital and business projections during the 2014 and subsequent cycles of capital plan submissions and stress tests required under the Dodd-Frank Act. For companies and their subsidiary banks with between $10.0 billion and $50.0 billion in total consolidated assets, the initial stress testing cycle began on October 1, 2013 and the initial nine-quarter planning horizon for stress capital projections continues through the fourth quarter of 2015, which overlaps with the implementation of the Basel III capital reforms beginning on January 1, 2015. At June 30, 2014, Hilltop and the Bank had approximately $9.4 billion and $8.2 billion, respectively, in total consolidated assets and their average of total consolidated assets for the four most recent consecutive quarters was $9.1 billion and $8.1 billion, respectively. Accordingly, Hilltop and the Bank are not currently subject to capital planning and stress testing requirements. However, as a result of the merger, Hilltop would have more than $10.0 billion in assets and would become subject to the stress testing requirements, which would likely increase our cost of regulatory compliance. Management continues to study the implementation of Basel III regulatory capital reforms and stress testing requirements.

 

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

On April 17, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 2,708 shares of common stock, under the Hilltop Holdings 2012 Equity Incentive Plan to certain non-employee directors as compensation for their service on our Board of Directors during the first quarter of 2014. The shares were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Item 6. Exhibits

 

A list of exhibits filed herewith is contained in the Exhibit Index that immediately precedes such exhibits and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

Date: July 30 , 2014

By:

/s/ Darren Parmenter

 

 

Darren Parmenter

 

 

Executive Vice President — Principal Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer and duly
authorized officer)

 

88



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

 

 

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among SWS Group, Inc., Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Peruna LLC, dated as of March 31, 2014 (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 1, 2014 (File No. 001-31987) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

2.2

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement—Whole Bank, All Deposits, dated as of September 13, 2013, by and among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, receiver of First National Bank, Edinburg, Texas, PlainsCapital Bank and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2013 (File No. 001-31987) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

3.1*

 

Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Affordable Residential Communities Inc., dated February 16, 2004, as amended or supplemented by: Articles Supplementary, dated February 16, 2004; Corporate Charter Certificate of Notice, dated June 6, 2005; Articles of Amendment, dated January 23, 2007; Articles of Amendment, dated July 31, 2007; Corporate Charter Certificate of Notice, dated September 23, 2008; Articles Supplementary, dated December 15, 2010; Articles Supplementary, dated as of November 29, 2012 relating to Subtitle 8 election; Articles Supplementary, dated November 29, 2012 relating to Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, of Hilltop Holdings Inc.; and Articles of Amendment, dated March 31, 2014.

 

 

 

31.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

 

32.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 


*            Filed herewith.

 

89


EXHIBIT 3.1

 

AFFORDABLE RESIDENTIAL COMMUNITIES INC.

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

FIRST : Affordable Residential Communities Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), desires to amend and restate its charter as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

 

SECOND : The following provisions are all the provisions of the charter currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:

 

ARTICLE I

 

INCORPORATOR

 

The undersigned, James J. Hanks, Jr., whose address is c/o Venable LLP, 2 Hopkins Plaza, Suite 1800, Baltimore, Maryland 21201, being at least 18 years of age, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland.

 

ARTICLE II

 

NAME

 

The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is:

 

Affordable Residential Communities Inc.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PURPOSE

 

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity (including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute (the “Code”)) for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force. For purposes of these Articles, “REIT” means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT

 

The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o Venable LLP, 2 Hopkins Plaza, Suite 1800, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The name of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is James J. Hanks, Jr., whose post office address is c/o Venable LLP, 2 Hopkins Plaza, Suite 1800, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The resident agent is a citizen of and resides in the State of Maryland.

 

ARTICLE V

 

PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING

AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE

CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Section 5.1   Number and Qualification of Directors.   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be eleven, which number may be increased or decreased pursuant to the Bylaws, but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the

 



 

“MGCL”) nor more than 15. The names of the directors who shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualify are:

 

Scott D. Jackson

John G. Sprengle

Todd M. Abbrecht

James L. Clayton

J. Markham Green

Michael Greene

Thomas M. Hagerty

Randall A. Hack

Eugene Mercy, Jr.

Charles J. Santos-Buch

Scott A. Schoen

 

Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.1, these directors may increase the number of directors and may fill any vacancy, whether resulting from an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, on the Board of Directors occurring before the next annual meeting of stockholders in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

 

The Corporation elects, at such time as it becomes eligible to make the election provided for under Section 3-802(b) of the MGCL, that, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred.

 

Section 5.2   Extraordinary Actions.   Except as specifically provided in Section 5.8 (relating to removal of directors) and in Article VIII, notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

Section 5.3   Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance.   The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”) or the Bylaws.

 

Section 5.4   Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.   Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Section 6.5 or as may otherwise be provided by contract, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL unless the Board of Directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to a particular transaction or all transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

2



 

Section 5.5   Indemnification.   The Corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his status as a present or former director or officer of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.6   Determinations by Board.   The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors consistent with the Charter and in the absence of actual receipt of an improper benefit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a court, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.7   REIT Qualification.   The Board of Directors shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the status of the Corporation as a REIT; provided, however, if the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to continue to be qualified as a REIT, the Board of Directors may revoke or otherwise terminate the Corporation’s REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code. The Board of Directors also may determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on stock ownership and transfers set forth in Article VII is no longer required for REIT qualification.

 

Section 5.8   Removal of Directors.   Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock (as defined herein) to elect or remove one or more directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular director, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

STOCK

 

Section 6.1  Authorized Shares.   The Corporation has authority to issue 120,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”),

 

3



 

10,000,000 shares of Special Voting Stock, $.01 par value per share (“Special Voting Stock”), and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”). The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $1,200,000. If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of stock pursuant to this Article VI, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. To the extent permitted by Maryland law, the Board of Directors, without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

Section 6.2   Common Stock.   Subject to the provisions of Article VII, each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. The Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time in one or more classes or series of stock.

 

Section 6.3   Special Voting Stock.

 

Section 6.3.1   Dividends and Distributions.   The holders of shares of Special Voting Stock shall not be entitled to any regular or special dividend payments. Without limiting the foregoing, the holders of shares of Special Voting Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends or other distributions declared or paid with respect to the shares of Common Stock or any other stock of the Corporation.

 

Section 6.3.2   Voting Rights.   The holders of shares of Special Voting Stock shall have the following voting rights:

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions for adjustment set forth in this Section 6.3.2, each share of Special Voting Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. The holders of shares of Special Voting Stock shall vote collectively with the holders of shares of Common Stock as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 6.3.8 hereof, the holders of shares of Special Voting Stock shall have no other voting rights, as a separate class or other otherwise, including any rights to vote as a class with respect to any extraordinary corporate action such as a merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation or the like.

 

(b)           In the event that the Corporation shall (i) declare or pay a dividend on its outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock or make a distribution to all holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii) split or subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) effect a reverse stock split or otherwise combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, then, in each such case, the number of votes per share of Special Voting Stock to which the holders of Special Voting Stock were entitled immediately prior to the completion of any such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination (assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination had occurred as of such time) and (y) the denominator of which shall be the actual number of shares of Common Stock (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination.

 

4



 

Section 6.3.3   Pairing.   The Corporation shall not issue or agree to issue any shares of Special Voting Stock to any person unless effective provision has been made for the simultaneous issuance by Affordable Residential Communities LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Operating Partnership”), to the same person of the same number of Paired Common Units (as defined in the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership, as amended from time to time (the “Partnership Agreement”)), and for the pairing of such shares of Special Voting Stock and Paired Common Units in accordance with the Pairing Agreement (the “Pairing Agreement”), dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Corporation and the Operating Partnership. Until the limitation on transfer provided for in Section 1 of the Pairing Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with the terms of the Pairing Agreement:

 

(a)           No share of Special Voting Stock shall be transferable, and no such share shall be transferred on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, except in accordance with (i) the provisions of the Pairing Agreement and (ii) the provisions of Article XI of the Partnership Agreement.

 

(b)           A legend shall be placed on the face of each certificate representing ownership of shares of Special Voting Stock referring to the restriction on transfer set forth herein and in the Pairing Agreement.

 

Section 6.3.4.   Reacquired Shares.   Any shares of Special Voting Stock acquired by the Corporation or the Operating Partnership in any manner whatsoever (including any shares acquired by the Corporation or the Operating Partnership as contemplated by Section 8.6.F(8) of the Partnership Agreement) shall be cancelled automatically, shall cease to be outstanding and shall become authorized but unissued shares of Special Voting Stock, and the former holder or holders thereof shall have no further rights (hereunder or otherwise) with respect to such shares. Any shares of Special Voting Stock that are cancelled in accordance with the preceding sentence may be issued by the Corporation as shares of Special Voting Stock in accordance with the applicable provision of the charter.

 

Section 6.3.5   Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.   The holders of shares of Special Voting Stock shall not be entitled to any distribution rights or any other rights to receive any property upon any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

Section 6.3.6.   Redemption.   The shares of Special Voting Stock shall not be redeemable by the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time any limited partner of the Operating Partnership elects to redeem any Paired Common Unit pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Partnership Agreement and the Corporation exercises its rights under Section 8.6.B of the Partnership Agreement to acquire any or all of such Paired Common Units in exchange for shares of Common Stock, then upon the acquisition by the Corporation of any such Paired Common Units in exchange for shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Partnership Agreement, the shares of Special Voting Stock paired with the Paired Common Units so acquired shall become authorized but unissued shares of Special Voting Stock as contemplated by Section 6.3.4 above, and thereafter the former holders thereof shall have no further rights (hereunder or otherwise) with respect to such shares.

 

Section 6.3.7   Certain Business Combinations Involving the Operating Partnership.   In the event that the Operating Partnership is party to any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction pursuant to which the Paired Common Units are converted or changed into or exchanged for stock and/or other securities of any other entity and/or cash or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Special Voting Stock paired with such Paired Common Units shall be cancelled and extinguished at and as of the effective time of such transaction without any consideration therefor (except for the consideration, if any, provided for in the agreement with

 

5



 

respect to such transaction), and thereafter the former holders of such shares of Special Voting Stock shall have no further rights (hereunder or otherwise) with respect to such cancelled and extinguished shares.

 

Section 6.3.8   Amendment.   The Charter shall not be amended in any manner that would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Special Voting Stock, as set forth herein, so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Special Voting Stock, voting separately as a class.

 

Section 6.3.9   Fractional Shares.   Special Voting Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Special Voting Stock.

 

Section 6.4   Preferred Stock.   The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any series from time to time, in one or more classes or series of stock.

 

Section 6.5   Classified or Reclassified Shares.   Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the Board of Directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the provisions of Article VII and subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“SDAT”). Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 6.5 may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations by the Board of Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary or other Charter document filed with the SDAT.

 

Section 6.6   Charter and Bylaws.   All persons who shall acquire stock in the Corporation shall acquire the same subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

 

Section 7.1   Definitions.   For the purpose of this Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit.   The term “Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean not more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of Stock. The value of the outstanding shares of Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes hereof.

 

Beneficial Ownership.   The term “Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) of the Code. The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

6



 

Business Day.   The term “Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Charitable Beneficiary.   The term “Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Trust as determined pursuant to Section 7.3.6, provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

 

Common Stock Ownership Limit.   The term “Common Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation. The number and value of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes hereof.

 

Constructive Ownership.   The term “Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Excepted Holder.   The term “Excepted Holder” shall mean any stockholder of the Corporation for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by the Charter or by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.2.7.

 

Excepted Holder Limit.   The term “Excepted Holder Limit” shall mean, as it relates to any Excepted Holder, provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.2.7, and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7.2.8, the percentage limit established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.2.7.

 

Individual.   The term “Individual” shall mean any person that is treated as an individual for purposes of Section 542(a)(2) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(3) of the Code.

 

Initial Date.   The term “Initial Date” shall mean the date upon which the Articles of Amendment and Restatement containing this Article VII are filed with the SDAT.

 

Market Price.   The term “Market Price” on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding shares of Stock, the Closing Price for such Stock on such date. The “Closing Price” on any date shall mean the last sale price for such Stock, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Stock, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if such Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if such Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Stock is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Stock selected by the Board of Directors of

 

7



 

the Corporation or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Stock, the fair market value of the Stock, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Non-U.S. Person.   The term “Non-U.S. Person” shall mean a Person other than a U.S. Person.

 

NYSE.   The term “NYSE” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Person.   The term “Person” shall mean an Individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.

 

Prohibited Owner.   The term “Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer, any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 7.2, would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Stock, and if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of the shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

 

Restriction Termination Date.   The term “Restriction Termination Date” shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Corporation determines pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Charter that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of shares of Stock set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Corporation to qualify as a REIT.

 

Stock.   The term “Stock” shall mean all classes or series of stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, Common Stock, Special Voting Stock and Preferred Stock.

 

Transfer.   The term “Transfer” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, of Stock or the right to vote or receive dividends on Stock, including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Stock or any interest in Stock or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Stock; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Trust.   The term “Trust” shall mean any trust provided for in Section 7.3.1.

 

8



 

Trustee.   The term “Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and a Prohibited Owner, that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as trustee of the Trust.

 

U.S. Person.   The term “U.S. Person” shall mean (a) a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a partnership or corporation formed or organized under the laws of the United States or any state therein (including the District of Columbia), (c) any estate or trust (other than a foreign estate or foreign trust within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(31) of the Code) or (d) any other Person that is a U.S. person for federal income tax purposes.

 

Section 7.2   Stock.

 

Section 7.2.1   Ownership Limitations.   Subject to Section 7.4 and except as provided in Section 7.2.7, during the period commencing on the Initial Date and continuing until the Restriction Termination Date:

 

(a)  Basic Restrictions.

 

(i)            (1) No Individual, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Stock in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, (2) no Individual, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Common Stock in excess of the Common Stock Ownership Limit and (3) no Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Stock in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.

 

(ii)           No Person shall Beneficially Own shares of Stock to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership of Stock would result in the Corporation being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year), or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT (including, but not limited to, Beneficial Ownership that would result in the Corporation owning (actually or Constructively) an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code if the income derived by the Corporation (either directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships or limited liability companies) from such tenant would cause the Corporation to fail to satisfy any of the gross income requirements of Section 856(c) of the Code).

 

(iii)          Subject to Section 7.4, notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, any Transfer of shares of Stock or other event that, if effective, would result in the Stock being beneficially owned by less than 100 Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code (but without reference to the rules of attribution under Section 544 of the Code)) shall be void ab initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Stock.

 

(iv)          No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Stock to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Stock would result in Non-U.S. Persons directly or indirectly owning shares of Stock the fair market value of which would comprise 50% or more of the fair market value of the issued and outstanding shares of Stock.

 

(b)  Transfer in Trust.   If any Transfer of shares of Stock or other event occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning, in violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(i), or Beneficially Owning, in violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(ii), or directly or indirectly owning, in violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(iv), shares of Stock,

 

(i)            then that number of shares of Stock the Beneficial or Constructive Ownership, or direct or indirect ownership, of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iv) (rounded to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically

 

9



 

transferred to a Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 7.3, effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer or other event, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such shares; or

 

(ii)           if the transfer to the Trust described in clause (i) of this Section 7.2.1(b) would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iv), then the Transfer of that number of shares of Stock that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iv) shall be void ab initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Stock.

 

Section 7.2.2   Remedies for Breach.   If the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee thereof shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 7.2.1 or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of any shares of Stock in violation of Section 7.2.1 (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Directors or a committee thereof shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem shares, refusing to give effect to such Transfer or other event on the books of the Corporation or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided , however , that any Transfer or attempted Transfer or other event in violation of Section 7.2.1 shall automatically result in the transfer to the Trust described above, and, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 7.2.3   Notice of Restricted Transfer.   Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Stock that will or may violate Section 7.2.1(a) or any Person who would have owned shares of Stock that resulted in a transfer to the Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2.1(b) shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event, or in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Corporation’s status as a REIT.

 

Section 7.2.4   Owners Required To Provide Information.   From the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

 

(a)           every owner of more than five percent (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding shares of Stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Corporation stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of Stock Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are held. Each such owner shall provide to the Corporation such additional information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit; and

 

(b)           each Person who is a Beneficial or Constructive Owner of Stock and each Person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding Stock for a Beneficial or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Corporation such information as the Corporation may request, in good faith, in order to determine the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.

 

10



 

Section 7.2.5   Remedies Not Limited.   Subject to Section 5.7 of the Charter, nothing contained in this Article VII shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation and the interests of its stockholders in preserving the Corporation’s status as a REIT.

 

Section 7.2.6   Ambiguity.   In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Article VII, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event Section 7.2 or 7.3 requires an action by the Board of Directors and the Charter fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3. Absent a decision to the contrary by the Board of Directors (which the Board may make in its sole and absolute discretion), if a Person would have (but for the remedies set forth in Section 7.2.2) acquired Beneficial or Constructive Ownership, or direct or indirect ownership, of Stock in violation of Section 7.2.1, such remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the shares of Stock which, but for such remedies, would have been Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned) by such Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such shares of Stock based upon the relative number of the shares of Stock held by each such Person.

 

Section 7.2.7   Exceptions.

 

(a)           Subject to Section 7.2.1(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv), the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) an Individual from the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and the Common Stock Ownership Limit, as the case may be, and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Individual if:

 

(i)            the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Individual as are reasonably necessary to ascertain that no Person’s Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of such shares of Stock will violate Section 7.2.1(a)(ii), (iii) or (iv) and that any such exception will not cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code;

 

(ii)           such Individual does not and represents that he or she will not own, actually or Constructively, an interest in a tenant of the Corporation (or a tenant of any entity owned or controlled by the Corporation) that would cause the Corporation to own, actually or Constructively, more than a 9.9% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant and the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Individual as are reasonably necessary to ascertain this fact (for this purpose, a tenant from whom the Corporation (or an entity owned or controlled by the Corporation) derives (and is expected to continue to derive) a sufficiently small amount of revenue such that, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, rent from such tenant would not adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to qualify as a REIT, shall not be treated as a tenant of the Corporation); and

 

(iii)          such Individual agrees that any violation or attempted violation of such representations or undertakings (or other action which is contrary to the restrictions contained in Sections 7.2.1 through 7.2.6) will result in such shares of Stock being automatically transferred to a Trust in accordance with Sections 7.2.1(b) and 7.3. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation establishes or increases an Excepted Holder Limit for one or more Individuals under this Section, it may reasonably determine that a correlative downward adjustment to the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and/or Common Stock Ownership Limit should be made.

 

11



 

(b)           Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 7.2.7(a), the Board of Directors of the Corporation may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Corporation’s status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.

 

(c)           The Board of Directors may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted Holder: (1) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time, or (2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that Excepted Holder. No Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the Common Stock Ownership Limit.

 

Section 7.2.8   Increase in Aggregate Stock Ownership and Common Stock Ownership Limits.   Subject to Section 7.2.1(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv), the Board of Directors may from time to time increase the Common Stock Ownership Limit and the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit for one or more Individuals and decrease the Common Stock Ownership Limit and the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit for all other Individuals; provided, however, that the decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Individual whose percentage ownership in Stock is in excess of such decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit until such time as such Individual’s percentage of Stock equals or falls below the decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, but any further acquisition of Stock in excess of such percentage ownership of Stock will be in violation of the Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the new Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit would not allow five or fewer Individuals to Beneficially Own more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding Stock.

 

Section 7.2.9   Legend.   Each certificate for shares of Stock shall bear substantially the following legend:

 

The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose of the Corporation’s maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Corporation’s Charter, (i) no Individual may Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock in excess of 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation unless such Individual is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (ii) no Individual may Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Stock of the Corporation in excess of 9.8% of the value of the total outstanding shares of Stock of the Corporation, unless such Individual is an Excepted Holder (in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable); (iii) no Person may Beneficially Own Stock that would result in the Corporation being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT; (iv) no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Stock to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Stock would result in Non-U.S. Persons directly or indirectly owning shares of Stock the fair market value of which would comprise 50% or more of the fair market value of the issued and outstanding shares of Stock; and (v) no Person may Transfer shares of Stock if such Transfer would result in the Stock of the

 

12



 

Corporation being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 Persons. Any Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns, or directly or indirectly owns, or attempts to Beneficially or Constructively Own, or directly or indirectly own, shares of Stock which causes or will cause a Person to Beneficially or Constructively Own, or directly or indirectly own, shares of Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Corporation. If any of the restrictions on transfer or ownership (excluding (v) above) are violated, the shares of Stock represented hereby will be automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, the Corporation may redeem shares upon the terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion if the Board of Directors determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above. Furthermore, upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab initio . All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the charter of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Stock of the Corporation on request and without charge. Requests for such a copy may be directed to the Secretary of the Corporation at its Principal Office.

 

Instead of the foregoing legend, the certificate may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transferability to a stockholder on request and without charge.

 

Section 7.3   Transfer of Stock in Trust.

 

Section 7.3.1   Ownership in Trust.   Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 7.2.1(b) that would result in a transfer of shares of Stock to a Trust, such shares of Stock shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Trustee as trustee of a Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Trust pursuant to Section 7.2.1(b). The Trustee shall be appointed by the Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and any Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as provided in Section 7.3.6.

 

Section 7.3.2   Status of Shares Held by the Trustee.   Shares of Stock held by the Trustee shall be issued and outstanding shares of Stock of the Corporation. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Trust.

 

Section 7.3.3   Dividend and Voting Rights.   The Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of Stock held in the Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Stock have been transferred to the Trustee shall be paid by the recipient of such dividend or distribution to the Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee. Any dividend or distribution so paid to the Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares of Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the Trustee’s sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Stock have been transferred to the Trustee and (ii) to recast

 

13



 

such vote in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VII, until the Corporation has received notification that shares of Stock have been transferred into a Trust, the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of stockholders.

 

Section 7.3.4   Sale of Shares by Trustee.   Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Corporation that shares of Stock have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee of the Trust shall sell the shares held in the Trust to a person, designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 7.2.1(a). Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 7.3.4. The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust ( e.g. , in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust and (2) the price per share received by the Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Trust. The Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3 of this Article VII. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Corporation that shares of Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, such shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 7.3.4, such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.

 

Section 7.3.5   Purchase Right in Stock Transferred to the Trustee.   Shares of Stock transferred to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Corporation, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Corporation may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3 of this Article VII. The Corporation may pay the amount of such reductions to the Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer until the Trustee has sold the shares held in the Trust pursuant to Section 7.3.4. Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner.

 

Section 7.3.6   Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries.   By written notice to the Trustee, the Corporation shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Trust such that (i) the shares of Stock held in the Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2.1(a) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each

 

14



 

such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

 

Section 7.4   NYSE Transactions.   Nothing in this Article VII shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system. The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VII and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VII.

 

Section 7.5   Enforcement.   The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VII.

 

Section 7.6   Non-Waiver.   No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

 

Section 7.7   Severability.   If any provision of this Article VII or any application of any such provision is determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable by virtue of any legal decision, statute, rule or regulation, then a Prohibited Owner may be deemed, at the option of the Corporation, to have acted as an agent of the Corporation in acquiring such shares of Stock that resulted in such Prohibited Owner Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning, or directly or indirectly owning, shares of Stock in violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii) or (iv) and to hold such shares of Stock on behalf of the Corporation and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected and other applications of such provision shall be affected only to the extent necessary to comply with the determination of such court.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any shares of outstanding stock. All rights and powers conferred by the Charter on stockholders, directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation. Any amendment to Section 5.8 or to this sentence of the charter shall be valid only if approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article IX, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

THIRD:   The amendment to and restatement of the charter as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

 

FOURTH:   The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

15



 

FIFTH:   The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent is as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

SIXTH:   The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article V of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

SEVENTH:   The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to this amendment and restatement was 110,000,000, consisting of 90,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, 10,000,000 shares of Special Voting Stock, $.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of stock having par value was $1,100,000.

 

EIGHTH:   The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter is 120,000,000, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, 10,000,000 shares of Special Voting Stock, $.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $1,200,000.

 

NINTH:   The undersigned President acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned President acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

[signatures on next page]

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and attested to by its Secretary on this 16 th  day of February, 2004.

 

ATTEST:

 

AFFORDABLE RESIDENTIAL COMMUNITIES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ SCOTT L. GESELL

 

By:

/s/ GEORGE MCGEENEY

 

(SEAL)

Name:

Scott L. Gesell

 

Name:

George McGeeney

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

17



 

AFFORDABLE RESIDENTIAL COMMUNITIES INC.

Articles Supplementary

Series A Cumulative Redeemable

Preferred Stock

 

Affordable Residential Communities Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland that:

 

FIRST:   Under a power contained in Article VI of the Charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”), the Board of Directors by duly adopted resolutions classified and designated 5,750,000 shares of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock (as defined in the Charter) as shares of 8.25% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, with the following preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption, which, upon any restatement of the Charter, shall become part of Article VI of the Charter, with any necessary or appropriate renumbering or relettering of the sections or subsections hereof.

 

Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

(1)            Designation and Number . A series of Preferred Stock, designated the “8.25% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), is hereby established. The number of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 5,750,000.

 

(2)            Rank . The Series A Preferred Stock shall, with respect to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, rank (a) senior to all classes or series of Common Stock (as defined in the Charter) and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation if the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends or amounts distributable upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series (the “Junior Stock”); (b) on a parity with any class or series of stock of the Corporation if the holders of such class or series of stock and the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends and amounts distributable upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation in proportion to their respective amounts of accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends per share or liquidation preferences, without preference or priority of one over the other (the “Parity Stock”); and (c) junior to any class or series of stock of the Corporation if the holders of such class or series are entitled to receive dividends and amounts distributable upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation in preference or priority to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Senior Stock”).

 

(3)            Dividends .

 

(a)           Subject to the preferential rights of holders of any class or series of Senior Stock, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as authorized by the Board of Directors and declared by the Corporation, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, cash dividends at the rate of 8.25% per annum of the $25.00 liquidation preference (equivalent to a fixed annual rate of $2.0625 per share). Such dividends shall be cumulative from the first date on which any Series A Preferred Stock is issued (the “Original Issue Date”) and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on or before the 30 th  day of each April, July, October and January of each year or, if not a business day, the next succeeding business day (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”). Any dividend payable on the Series A Preferred Stock for any partial dividend period shall be computed ratably on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Dividends shall be payable in arrears to holders of record as they appear in the stock records of the Corporation at the close of business on the applicable record date (the “Dividend Record Date”) not less than 15 nor more than 45 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. The term “business day” shall mean any day, other than Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law to close, or a day which is or is declared a national or a New York state holiday.

 



 

(b)           Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends in excess of cumulative dividends, as herein provided, on the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

(c)           No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments on the Series A Preferred Stock that may be in arrears.

 

(d)           Holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock issued after February 18, 2004 shall become entitled to receive dividends payable with respect to any record date subsequent to the date of issuance of such shares.

 

(e)           When dividends are not paid in full upon the Series A Preferred Stock or any other class or series of Parity Stock, or a sum sufficient for such payment is not set apart, all dividends declared upon the Series A Preferred Stock and any shares of Parity Stock shall be declared ratably in proportion to the respective amounts of dividends accumulated, accrued and unpaid on the Series A Preferred Stock and accumulated, accrued and unpaid on such Parity Stock (which shall not include any accumulation in respect of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods if such Parity Stock does not have a cumulative dividend). Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, unless full cumulative dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been or contemporaneously are authorized, declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof is set apart for such payment for all past dividend periods and the then current dividend period, no dividends may be authorized, declared or paid or set apart for payment by the Corporation and no other distribution of cash or other property may be declared or made, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation with respect to any shares of Parity Stock.

 

(f)            Unless full cumulative dividends equal to the full amount of all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been declared and paid, or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set apart for such payment, for all past dividend periods and the then current dividend period, no dividends (other than dividends or distributions paid in shares of Junior Stock or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of Junior Stock) shall be authorized, declared or paid or set apart for payment by the Corporation and no other distribution of cash or other property may be authorized, declared or made, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation with respect to any shares of Junior Stock, nor shall any shares of Junior Stock be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired (other than a redemption, purchase or other acquisition of Common Stock made for purposes of an employee incentive or benefit plan of the Corporation) for any consideration (or any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of any such stock), directly or indirectly, by the Corporation (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of Junior Stock, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of Junior Stock), nor shall any other cash or other property be paid or distributed to or for the benefit of holders of shares of Junior Stock.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3, the Corporation shall not be prohibited from (i) declaring or paying or setting apart for payment any dividend or distribution on any shares of Parity Stock or (ii) redeeming, purchasing or otherwise acquiring any Parity Stock, in each case, if such declaration, payment, redemption, purchase or other acquisition is necessary in order to maintain the continued qualification of the Corporation as a qualified real estate investment trust (“REIT”) under Section 856 of the Code (as defined in the Charter).

 

(4)           Liquidation Preference .

 

(a)           Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, before any payment or distribution by the Corporation shall be made to or set apart for the holders of any shares of Junior Stock, the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation that are legally available for distribution to the stockholders, a liquidation preference of $25.00 per share (the “Liquidation Preference”), plus an amount equal to all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or

 

2



 

not earned or declared) to and including the date of payment. Until the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have been paid the Liquidation Preference in full, plus an amount equal to all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not earned or declared) to the date of final distribution to such holders, no payment will be made to any holder of Junior Stock upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. If upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the available assets of the Corporation, or proceeds thereof, distributable among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to pay in full the above described preferential amount and liquidating payments on any other shares of any class or series of Parity Stock, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and any such other Parity Stock ratably in the same proportion as the respective amounts that would be payable on such Series A Preferred Stock and any such other Parity Stock if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full. After payment of the full amount of the liquidation distributions to which they are entitled, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the Corporation.

 

(b)           Written notice of any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, stating the payment date or dates when, and the place or places where the amounts distributable in such circumstances shall be payable, shall be given by first class mail, postage pre-paid, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to each record holder of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock at the respective addresses of such holders as the same shall appear on the stock transfer records of the Corporation.

 

(c)           Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after payment shall have been made in full to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, any other series or class or classes of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive any and all assets of the Corporation remaining to be paid or distributed, and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall not be entitled to share therein.

 

(d)           The consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation, trust or entity or of any other corporation with or into the Corporation, or the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Corporation or a statutory share exchange, shall not be deemed to constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

(e)           In determining whether a distribution (other than upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation), by dividend, redemption or other acquisition of shares of stock of the Corporation or otherwise, is permitted under the Maryland General Corporation Law, amounts that would be needed, if the Corporation were to be dissolved at the time of distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be added to the Corporation’s total liabilities.

 

(5)           Redemption .

 

(a)           The Series A Preferred Stock is not redeemable prior to February 18, 2009. However, in order to ensure that the Corporation remains a qualified REIT for Federal income tax purposes, the Series A Preferred Stock shall be subject to the provisions of Article VII of the Charter. Pursuant to Article VII of the Charter, and without limitation of any provisions of such Article VII, the Series A Preferred Stock, together with all other Stock (as defined in the Charter), owned by a stockholder in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit (as defined in the Charter) will automatically be transferred to a Trust (as defined in the Charter) for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary (as defined in the Charter) and the Corporation shall have the right to purchase such transferred shares from the Trust. On and after February 18, 2009, the Corporation may, at its option, redeem shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or from time to time,

 

3



 

in part, for cash at a redemption price of $25.00 per share, plus all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to and including the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”).

 

(b)           In the event of a redemption of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, if the Redemption Date occurs after a Dividend Record Date and on or prior to the related Dividend Payment Date, the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date in respect of such shares called for redemption shall be payable on such Dividend Payment Date to the holders of record at the close of business on such Dividend Record Date, and shall not be payable as part of the redemption price for such shares.

 

(c)           The Redemption Date shall be selected by the Corporation and shall be not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days after the date on which the Corporation sends the notice of redemption.

 

(d)           If full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid or declared and set apart for payment, no shares of the Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed unless all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are simultaneously redeemed, and neither the Corporation nor any of its affiliates may purchase or acquire shares of the Series A Preferred Stock otherwise than pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same terms to all holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

(e)           If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock is to be redeemed, the Corporation shall select those shares to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or in such manner as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

(f)            The Corporation shall give notice of redemption by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York, such publication to be made once a week for two successive weeks commencing not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date. The Corporation shall mail notice of redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock to each holder of record of the shares to be redeemed by first class mail, postage prepaid, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, at such holder’s address as the same appears on the stock records of the Corporation. Any notice which was mailed as described above shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given on the date mailed whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each notice shall state: (1) the Redemption Date; (2) the number of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed in total and from such holder; (3) the place or places where certificates for the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price; (4) the redemption price payable on the Redemption Date, including, without limitation, a statement as to whether or not accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends shall be payable as part of the redemption price, or payable on the next Dividend Payment Date to the record holder at the close of business on the relevant record date as described above; and (5) that dividends on the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on such Redemption Date.

 

(g)           From and after the Redemption Date (unless the Corporation defaults in the payment of its redemption obligation), dividends on the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall cease to accumulate or accrue, the shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights of the holders thereof shall cease, except the right to receive the cash payable upon such redemption without interest thereon. If the Redemption Date occurs after a Dividend Record Date and on or prior to the related Dividend Payment Date, each holder of the Series A Preferred Stock at the close of business on the record date shall have the right to receive the dividend payable on the Dividend Payment Date. Upon surrender in accordance with such notice of the certificates representing the Series A Preferred Stock (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors shall so require and the notice shall so state), the redemption price set forth above shall be paid out of the funds provided by the Corporation. If fewer than all the shares

 

4



 

represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without cost to the holder thereof.

 

(h)           Subject to applicable law and the limitation on purchases when dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are in arrears, the Corporation may, at any time and from time to time, purchase any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in the open market, by tender or by private agreement.

 

(i)            The shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are subject to the provisions of Article VII of the Charter, including, without limitation, the provision for the redemption of shares transferred to the Trust (as defined in the Charter). For this purpose, the Market Price of Series A Preferred Stock shall equal $25.00 per share, plus an amount equal to all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not earned or declared) to and including the date of redemption.

 

(j)            Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock that shall at any time have been redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall, after such redemption or acquisition, have the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock, without designation as to series until such shares are once more classified and designated as part of a particular series by the Board of Directors.

 

(6)           Voting Rights .

 

(a)           Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights, except as set forth below. If and whenever dividends on any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be in arrears for six or more quarterly periods, whether or not consecutive, the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall be increased by two, if not already increased by reason of similar types of provisions with respect to shares of Parity Stock of any other class or series which is entitled to similar voting rights (the “Voting Preferred Stock”), and the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, together with the holders of shares of all other Voting Preferred Stock then entitled to exercise similar voting rights, voting as a single class regardless of series, shall be entitled to vote for the election of the two additional directors of the Corporation, or fill any vacancy, at any annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and of the Voting Preferred Stock called for that purpose. The Corporation must call such special meeting upon the request of holders of at least 20% of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding. In the case of such a written request, such special meeting shall be held within 90 days after the delivery of such request and, in either case, at the place and upon the notice provided by law and in the Bylaws, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to call such a special meeting if such request is received less than 120 days before the date fixed for the next annual meeting of stockholders, and the holders of all classes of outstanding Voting Preferred Stock are offered the opportunity to elect such directors, or fill any vacancy, at such annual meeting of stockholders. Directors so elected shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their respective successors are elected and qualified. If, prior to the end of the term of any director so elected, a vacancy in the office of such director shall occur, during the continuance of a default in dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock and/or Voting Preferred Stock, by reason of death, resignation, or disability, such vacancy shall be filled for the unexpired term of such former director by the election of a new director by the remaining director or directors so elected. If and whenever dividends in arrears on outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and any other shares of Voting Preferred Stock have been paid and dividends thereon for the current quarterly dividend period shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment, then the right of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and of such other Voting Preferred Stock to elect the additional two directors shall cease and the terms of office of the directors shall terminate and the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be reduced accordingly.

 

(b)           The affirmative vote or consent of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of all other

 

5



 

classes or series of Parity Stock entitled to vote on such matters, voting as a single class, shall be required to (i) authorize, create, increase the authorized amount of or issue any shares of any class of Senior Stock or any security convertible into shares of any class of Senior Stock, or reclassify any of the outstanding Parity Stock or Junior Stock into shares of such Senior Stock, or (ii) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Charter or Bylaws, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, if such action would materially adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges, or voting powers of the Series A Preferred Stock; provided, however, that no such vote of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be required if, at or prior to the time such amendment, alteration or repeal is to take effect or the issuance of any such Senior Stock or convertible security is to be made, as the case may be, provisions are made for the redemption of all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; provided further, however, with respect to the occurrence of any event set forth in (ii) above, so long as the Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding with the terms thereof materially unchanged, the occurrence of any such event shall not be deemed to materially adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series A Preferred Stock and, provided further, that any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including the Series A Preferred Stock, or the creation or issuance of any additional Series A Preferred Stock or other series of Preferred Stock, or any increase in the amount of authorized shares of such series, in each case ranking on a parity with or junior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, shall not be deemed to materially adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers.

 

For the purposes of the foregoing provisions, each share of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have one vote per share, except that when any other class or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right to vote with the Series A Preferred Stock as a single series, then the Series A Preferred Stock and such other class or series shall have one quarter of one vote per each $25.00 of stated liquidation preference.

 

(7)                                  Conversion . The Series A Preferred Stock is not convertible into or exchangeable for any other property or securities of the Corporation.

 

SECOND:   The shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been classified and designated by the Board of Directors under the authority contained in the Charter.

 

THIRD:   These Articles Supplementary have been approved by the Board of Directors in the manner and by the vote required by law.

 

FOURTH:   The undersigned President of the Corporation acknowledges these Articles Supplementary to be the corporate act of the Corporation and, as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned President acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties of perjury.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles Supplementary to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and attested to by its Secretary on this 16 th  day of February, 2004.

 

ATTEST:

 

AFFORDABLE RESIDENTIAL COMMUNITIES INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott L. Gesell

 

By:

/s/ George McGeeney

 

Name: Scott L. Gesell

 

 

Name: George McGeeney

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

Title: President

 

7



 

AFFORDABLE RESIDENTIAL COMMUNITIES INC.

CERTIFICATE OF NOTICE

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT:

 

FIRST : The Board of Directors of Affordable Residential Communities Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), pursuant to Section 7.2.8 of the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”), has (a) increased the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and the Common Stock Ownership Limit (each as defined in the Charter) to 19.9% for one Individual (as defined in the Charter) and any entities owned or controlled by such Individual and any directors or executive officers of any such entities owned or controlled by such Individual and (b) decreased the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and the Common Stock Ownership Limit to 7.3% for all other Individuals.

 

SECOND : The undersigned Chief Executive Officer acknowledges this Certificate of Notice to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Notice to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary on this 6 th  day of June, 2005.

 

ATTEST:

 

AFFORDABLE RESIDENTIAL COMMUNITIES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott L. Gesell

 

By:

/s/ Scott D. Jackson

 

(SEAL)

Name:

Scott L. Gesell

 

Name:

Scott D. Jackson

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 



 

AFFORDABLE RESIDENTIAL COMMUNITIES INC.

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

Affordable Residential Communities Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland that:

 

FIRST : The charter of the Corporation is hereby amended by deleting therefrom Section 5.7 and inserting in lieu thereof the following Section 5.7:

 

Section 5.7       Reserved .

 

SECOND : The charter of the Corporation is hereby amended by deleting therefrom Article VII and inserting in lieu thereof the following Article VII:

 

ARTICLE VII

RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

 

Section 7.1       Definitions . For purposes of this Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Agent . The term “Agent” shall mean an agent designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Corporation Securities . The term “Corporation Securities” shall mean (a) shares of Common Stock, (b) shares of Special Voting Stock, (c) shares of Preferred Stock, (d) warrants, rights, or options (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-4(d)(9)) to purchase stock of the Corporation and (e) any other interests that would be treated as “stock” of the Corporation pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-2T(f)(18), or any successor provision.

 

Effective Date . The term “Effective Date” shall mean the date of filing of this amendment.

 

Excess Securities . The term “Excess Securities” shall mean the Corporation Securities which are the subject of the Prohibited Transfer.

 

Five-Percent Shareholder . The term “Five-Percent Shareholder” shall mean a Person or group of Persons that is identified as a “5-percent shareholder” of the Corporation pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-2T(g).

 

NYSE . The term “NYSE”shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Percentage Stock Ownership . The term “Percentage Stock Ownership” shall mean percentage stock ownership as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.382-2T(g),(h), (j) and (k).

 

Person . The term “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, estate, trust, association, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture or similar organization.

 

Prohibited Distributions . The term “Prohibited Distributions” shall mean any dividends or other distributions that were paid by the Corporation and received by a Purported Transferee with respect to the Excess Securities.

 

Prohibited Transfer . The term “Prohibited Transfer” shall mean any purported Transfer of Corporation Securities to the extent that such Transfer is prohibited and/or void under this Article VII.

 

Purported Transferee . The term “Purported Transferee” shall mean the purported transferee of a Prohibited Transfer.

 

Restriction Release Date . The term “Restriction Release Date” shall mean the earliest of (a) the repeal of Section 382 of the Code (and any comparable successor provision), (b) the date on which the Board of Directors determines that no Tax Benefits may be carried forward to the taxable year of the Corporation (or any successor thereof) in which such determination is made and does not project

 



 

material Tax Benefits for subsequent years or (c) the Board of Directors determines that the restrictions contained in this Article VII are no longer in the bests interests of the Corporation.

 

Section 501(c)(3) . The term “Section 501(c)(3)” shall mean Section 501(c)(3) of the Code (or any comparable successor provision).

 

Tax Benefits . The term “Tax Benefits” shall mean the net operating loss carryovers, capital loss carryovers, general business credit carryovers, alternative minimum tax credit carryovers and foreign tax credit carryovers, as well as any “net unrealized built-in loss” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code, of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary thereof.

 

Transfer . The term “Transfer” shall mean, subject to the last sentence of this definition, any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, pledge, or other disposition.  A Transfer also shall include the creation or grant of an option (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-4(d)(9)) other than the grant of an option by the Corporation or the modification, amendment or adjustment of an existing option granted by the Corporation.  A Transfer shall not include an issuance or grant of Corporation Securities by the Corporation, the modification, amendment or adjustment of an existing option by the Corporation and the exercise by an employee of the Corporation of any option to purchase Corporation Securities granted to such employee pursuant to contract or any stock option plan or other equity compensation plan of the Corporation.

 

Treasury Regulation . The term “Treasury Regulation” shall mean the income tax regulations (whether temporary, proposed or final) promulgated under the Code and any successor regulations.  References to any subsection of such regulations include references to any successor subsection thereof.

 

Section 7.2       Restrictions on Transfer . Subject to Section 7.3, any attempted Transfer of Corporation Securities prior to the Restriction Release Date, or any attempted Transfer of Corporation Securities pursuant to an agreement entered into prior to the Restriction Release Date, shall be prohibited and void ab initio to the extent that, as a result of such Transfer (or any series of Transfers of which such Transfer is a part), either (a) any Person or group of Persons shall become a Five-Percent Shareholder, or (b) the Percentage Stock Ownership interest in the Corporation of any Five-Percent Shareholder shall be increased.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Article VII shall prevent a Person from Transferring Corporation Securities to any Person to the extent that such Transfer, if effective, would cause an increase in the Percentage Stock Ownership of a public group of the Corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.382-2T(f)(13) of any successor regulation.

 

Section 7.3       Certain Exceptions . The restrictions set forth in Section 7.2 of this Article VII shall not apply to (a) an attempted Transfer of Common Stock by Gerald J. Ford or his Affiliates or Associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) unless such Transfer would result in Gerald J. Ford and his Affiliates and Associates becoming an owner of more than 21% of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding for purposes of Section 382 of the Code or (b) an attempted Transfer of Corporation Securities if the transferor or the transferee obtains the written approval of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, which approval may be granted or denied in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors and may be granted prospectively or retroactively.  As a condition to granting its approval, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require (at the expense of the transferor and/or transferee) an opinion of counsel selected by the Board of Directors that the Transfer shall not result in the application of any Section 382 limitation on the use of the Tax Benefits.

 

Section 7.4       Treatment of Excess Securities.

 

(a)           No officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation shall record any Prohibited Transfer, and a Purported Transferee shall not be recognized as a stockholder of the Corporation for any purpose whatsoever in respect of Excess Securities.  Until the Excess Securities are acquired by another Person in a Transfer that is not a Prohibited Transfer, the Purported Transferee shall not be

 

2



 

entitled with respect to such Excess Securities to any rights of stockholders of the Corporation, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Excess Securities and to receive dividends or distributions, whether liquidating or otherwise, in respect thereof, if any.  Once the Excess Securities have been acquired in a Transfer that is not a Prohibited Transfer, the Securities shall cease to be Excess Securities.

 

(b)           If the Board of Directors determines that a Transfer of Corporation Securities constitutes a Prohibited Transfer then, upon written demand by the Corporation, the Purported Transferee shall transfer or cause to be transferred any certificate or other evidence of ownership of the Excess Securities within the Purported Transferee’s possession or control, together with Prohibited Distributions, to the Agent.  The Agent shall thereupon sell to a buyer or buyers, which may include the Corporation, the Excess Securities transferred to it in one or more arm’s-length transactions (over the NYSE or another national securities exchange on which the Corporation Securities may be traded, if possible); provided, however, that the Agent shall effect such sale or sales in an orderly fashion and shall not be required to effect any such sale within any specific time frame if, in the Agent’s discretion, such sale or sales would disrupt the market for the Corporation Securities or otherwise would adversely affect the value of the Corporation Securities.  If the Purported Transferee has resold the Excess Securities before receiving the Corporation’s demand to surrender the Excess Securities to the Agent, the Purported Transferee shall be deemed to have sold the Excess Securities for the Agent, and shall be required to transfer to the Agent any Prohibited Distributions and proceeds of such sale, except to the extent that the Corporation grants written permission to the Purported Transferee to retain a portion of such sales proceeds not exceeding the amount that the Purported Transferee would have received from the Agent pursuant to Section 7.4(c) of this Article VII if the Agent rather than the Purported Transferee had resold the Excess Securities.

 

(c)           The Agent shall apply any proceeds of a sale by it of Excess Securities, and if the Purported Transferee had previously resold the Excess Securities, any amounts received by the Agent from a Purported Transferee, as follows:  (i) first, such amounts shall be paid to the Agent to the extent necessary to cover its costs and expenses incurred in connection with its duties hereunder; (ii) second, any remaining amounts shall be paid to the Purported Transferee, up to the lesser of (A) the amount paid by the Purported Transferee for the Excess Securities or (B) the fair market value of the Excess Securities at the time of the attempted Transfer (1) calculated on the basis of the closing market price for the Corporation Securities on the day before the Transfer, (2) if the Corporation Securities are not listed or admitted to trading on any stock exchange but are traded in the over-the-counter market, calculated based upon the difference between the highest bid and lowest asked prices, as such prices are reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers through its NASDAQ system or any successor system on the day before the Transfer or, if none, on the last preceding day for which such quotations exist or (3) if the Corporation Securities are neither listed nor admitted to trading on any stock exchange nor traded in the over-the-counter market, then as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, and (iii) third, any remaining amounts, subject to the limitations imposed by the following proviso, shall be paid to one or more organizations qualifying under Section 501(c)(3) selected by the Board of Directors.  The recourse of any Purported Transferee in respect of any Prohibited Transfer shall be limited to the amount payable to the Purported Transferee pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.  In no event shall the proceeds of any sale of Excess Securities pursuant to this Article VII inure to the benefit of the Corporation.

 

Section 7.5       Board Determinations . The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to determine all matters necessary for determining compliance with this Article VII, including, without limitation: (a) the identification of Five-Percent Shareholders; (b) whether a Transfer is a Prohibited Transfer; (c) the Percentage Stock Ownership in the Corporation of any Five-Percent Shareholder; (d) whether an instrument constitutes a Corporation Security; (e) the amount (or fair market value) due to a Purported Transferee pursuant to clause 7.4(c)(ii) of this Article VII;

 

3



 

(f) whether compliance with any restriction or limitation on stock ownership and transfers set forth in this Article VII is no longer required; (g) in the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Article VII or otherwise, the application of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to any situation; and (h) any other matters which the Board of Directors determines to be relevant; and the determination of the Board of Directors on such matters shall be conclusive and binding for all the purposes of this Article VII.

 

Section 7.6       NYSE Transactions . Nothing in this Article VII shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system.  The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VII and any Purported Transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VII.

 

Section 7.7       Enforcement . The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VII.

 

Section 7.8       Non-Waiver . No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

 

Section 7.9       Notice to Corporation . Any Person who acquires or attempts to acquire Corporation Securities in excess of the limitations set forth in this Article VII shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such purported transfer on the preservation and usage of the Tax Benefits.

 

Section 7.10     Bylaws . The Bylaws may make appropriate provisions to effectuate the requirements of this Article VII.

 

Section 7.11     Certificates . All certificates representing Corporation Securities issued after the effectiveness of this Article VII shall bear a conspicuous legend summarizing the restrictions set forth in this Article VII.

 

THIRD : The amendment to the charter of the Corporation as set forth above have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

 

FOURTH : The undersigned President acknowledges these Articles of Amendment to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters of facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned President acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties of perjury.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed under seal in its name and on its behalf by its President, and attested to by its Corporate Secretary, on this 23 rd  day of January, 2007.

 

ATTEST:

 

AFFORDABLE RESIDENTIAL COMMUNITIES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Scott L. Gesell

 

By:

/s/ James F. Kimsey

 

(SEAL)

Name: Scott L. Gesell

 

 

Name: James F. Kimsey

 

 

Title: Corporate Secretary

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

5



 

AFFORDABLE RESIDENTIAL COMMUNITIES INC.

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT:

 

FIRST : The charter of Affordable Residential Communities Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), is hereby amended by deleting existing Article II in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof a new article to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE II

NAME

 

The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is:

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc.

 

SECOND : The amendment to the charter of the Corporation as set forth above has been duly approved by at least a majority of the entire Board of Directors as required by law. The amendment set forth herein is made without action by the stockholders of the Corporation, pursuant to Section 2-605(a)(1) of the Maryland General Corporation Law.

 

THIRD : The undersigned President acknowledges these Articles of Amendment to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned President acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and attested to by its Secretary on this 31st day of July, 2007.

 

ATTEST:

 

AFFORDABLE RESIDENTIAL COMMUNITIES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott L. Gessell

 

By:

/s/ James F. Kimsey

 

(SEAL)

Name:

Scott L. Gesell

 

Name:

James F. Kimsey

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

Title:

President

 

 

 



 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

CERTIFICATE OF NOTICE

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT:

 

FIRST : The Board of Directors of Hilltop Holdings Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), pursuant to Section 7.3 of the charter of the Corporation, has granted its approval for Gerald J. Ford or his Affiliates or Associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) to become an owner of up to 30% of the shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Corporation then outstanding for purposes of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

SECOND : The undersigned Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that this Certificate of Notice to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties of perjury.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Notice to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary on this 23 rd  day of September 2008.

 

ATTEST:

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ COREY G. PRESTIDGE

 

By:

/s/ LARRY D. WILLARD

 

(SEAL)

Name:

Corey G. Prestidge

 

Name:

Larry D. Willard

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 



 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

ARTICLES SUPPLEMENTARY

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland that:

 

FIRST :  Under a power contained in Section 6.4 of Article VI of the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”), the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”), by resolution duly adopted at a meeting duly called and held on November 4, 2010, reclassified and designated 750,000 authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation’s 8.25% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (the “Shares”), as authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

 

SECOND :  A description of the Preferred Stock is contained in Section 6.4 of Article VI of the Charter.

 

THIRD :  The Shares have been reclassified and designated by the Board of Directors under the authority contained in the Charter.

 

FOURTH :  These Articles Supplementary have been approved by the Board of Directors in the manner and by the vote required by law.

 

FIFTH :  The undersigned acknowledges these Articles Supplementary to be the corporate act of the Corporation and, as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

[signatures on next page]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles Supplementary to be executed under seal in its name and on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer and President, and attested to by its Secretary, on this 15 th  day of December 2010.

 

ATTEST:

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ COREY G. PRESTIDGE

 

By:

/s/ JEREMY B. FORD

(SEAL)

Name: Corey G. Prestidge

 

Name:

Jeremy B. Ford

Title: Secretary

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

2



 

ARTICLES SUPPLEMENTARY
NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B
OF
HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Issuer ”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland that:

 

FIRST : Under a power contained in Article VI of the Charter of the Issuer (the “Charter”), the Board of Directors by duly adopted resolutions classified and designated 114,068 shares of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock (as defined in the Charter) as shares of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, with the following preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption, which, upon any restatement of the Charter, shall become part of Article VI of the Charter, with any necessary or appropriate renumbering or relettering of the sections or subsections hereof.

 

Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B

 

Part 1.  Designation and Number of Shares .  A series of Preferred Stock, designated the “Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B” (the “ Designated Preferred Stock ”) is hereby established.  The number of shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall be 114,068.

 

Part 2.  Standard Provisions .  The Standard Provisions contained in Schedule A attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of these Articles Supplementary to the same extent as if such provisions had been set forth in full herein.

 

Part 3.  Definitions .  The following terms are used in these Articles Supplementary (including the Standard Provisions in Schedule A hereto) as defined below:

 

(a)           “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share of the Issuer.

 

(b)           “ Definitive Agreement ” means that certain Securities Purchase Agreement by and between PlainsCapital and Treasury, dated as of September 27, 2011.

 

(c)           “ PlainsCapital ” means PlainsCapital Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas.

 

(d)           “ Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Issuer the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend and redemption rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

 

(e)           “ Liquidation Amount ” means $1,000 per share of Designated Preferred Stock.

 



 

(f)            “ Minimum Amount ” means (i) $28,517,000 or (ii) all of the outstanding Designated Preferred Stock, if the aggregate liquidation preference of the outstanding Designated Preferred Stock is less than the amount set forth in the preceding clause (i).

 

(g)           “ Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Issuer (other than Designated Preferred Stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively).

 

(h)           “ PCC Signing Date ” means September 27, 2011.

 

(i)            “ Treasury ” means the United States Department of the Treasury and any successor in interest thereto.

 

Part 4.  Certain Voting Matters .  Holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote for each such share on any matter on which holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, including any action by written consent.

 

SECOND : The shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been classified and designated by the Board of Directors under the authority contained in the Charter.

 

THIRD : These Articles Supplementary have been approved by the Board of Directors in the manner by and by the vote required by law.

 

FOURTH : The undersigned Chief Executive Officer of the Issuer acknowledges these Articles Supplementary to be the corporate act of the Issuer and, as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties of perjury.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused these Articles Supplementary to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary on this 29th day of November, 2012.

 

ATTEST:

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Corey G. Prestidge

 

By:

/s/ Jeremy B. Ford

 

(SEAL)

 

Corey G. Prestidge

 

Jeremy B. Ford

 

 

Secretary

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

2



 

Schedule A

 

STANDARD PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.  General Matters .  Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Designated Preferred Stock.  The Designated Preferred Stock shall be perpetual, subject to the provisions of Section 5 of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Articles Supplementary.  The Designated Preferred Stock shall rank equally with Parity Stock and shall rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Issuer, as set forth below.

 

Section 2.  Standard Definitions .  As used herein with respect to Designated Preferred Stock:

 

(a)           “ Acquiror ,” in any Holding Company Transaction, means the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent in the case of a merger or consolidation or the transferee in the case of a sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(b)           “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such other person.  For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) when used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to cause the direction of management and/or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities by contract or otherwise.

 

(c)           “ Applicable Dividend Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

(d)           “ Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Issuer as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

 

(e)           “ Articles Supplementary ” means the Articles Supplementary or comparable instrument relating to the Designated Preferred Stock, of which these Standard Provisions form a part, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(f)            “ Bank Holding Company ” means a company registered as such with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1842 and the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System thereunder.

 

(g)           “ Baseline ” means the “Initial Small Business Lending Baseline” set forth on the Initial Supplemental Report (as defined in the Definitive Agreement), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3(a).

 

3



 

(h)           “ Business Combination ” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Issuer’s stockholders.

 

(i)            “ Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or the District of Columbia generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

 

(j)            “ Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Issuer, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

(k)           “ Call Report ” has the meaning set forth in the Definitive Agreement.

 

(l)            “ Charge-Offs ” means the sum of (A) the net amount of loans charged off by PlainsCapital Bank, a Texas state-chartered bank, during quarters that begin on or after the PCC Signing Date and end on or before the Merger Closing Date, and (B) the net amount of loans charged off by the Issuer or, if the Issuer is a Bank Holding Company or a Savings and Loan Holding Company, by the IDI Subsidiary(ies) during quarters that end after the Merger Closing Date, in each case determined as follows:

 

(i)            with respect to PlainsCapital Bank, or if the Issuer or the applicable IDI Subsidiary is a bank, by subtracting (A) the aggregate dollar amount of recoveries reflected on line RIAD4605 of its Call Reports for such quarters from (B) the aggregate dollar amount of charge-offs reflected on line RIAD4635 of its Call Reports for such quarters (without duplication as a result of such dollar amounts being reported on a year-to-date basis); or

 

(ii)           if the Issuer or the applicable IDI Subsidiary is a thrift, by subtracting (A) the sum of the aggregate dollar amount of recoveries reflected on line VA140 of its Call Reports for such quarters and the aggregate dollar amount of adjustments reflected on line VA150 of its Call Reports for such quarters from (B) the aggregate dollar amount of charge-offs reflected on line VA160 of its Call Reports for such quarters.

 

(m)          “ Charter ” means the Issuer’s certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

 

(n)           “ CPP Lending Incentive Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(e).

 

(o)           “ Current Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i)(2).

 

(p)           “ Dividend Payment Date ” means January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 of each year.

 

(q)           “ Dividend Period ” means the period from and including any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date; provided, however , that the initial Dividend Period shall be the period from and including October 1, 2012 to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date (the “ Initial Dividend Period ”).

 

(r)            “ Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

 

4



 

(s)            “ Dividend Reference Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i)(2).

 

(t)            “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

(u)           “ Holding Company Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(v).

 

(v)           “ Holding Company Transaction ” means the occurrence of (a) any transaction (including, without limitation, any acquisition, merger or consolidation) the result of which is that a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (i) becomes the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under that Act, of common equity of the Issuer representing more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Common Stock or (ii) is otherwise required to consolidate the Issuer for purposes of GAAP, or (b) any consolidation or merger of the Issuer or similar transaction or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one of the Issuer’s subsidiaries;  provided  that, in the case of either clause (a) or (b), the Issuer or the Acquiror is or becomes a Bank Holding Company or Savings and Loan Holding Company.

 

(w)          “ IDI Subsidiary ” means any Issuer Subsidiary that is an insured depository institution.

 

(x)           “ Increase in QSBL ” means, with respect to each Dividend Period, the difference obtained by subtracting (A) the Baseline from (B) QSBL for the Dividend Reference Period for the Current Period.

 

(y)           “ Initial Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dividend Period.”

 

(z)           “ Issuer Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

(aa)         “ Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

(bb)         “ Merger Closing Date ” means November 30, 2012.

 

(cc)         “ Non-Qualifying Portion Percentage ” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the percentage obtained by subtracting the Qualifying Portion Percentage from one (1).

 

(dd)         “ Original Issue Date ” means the date on which the shares of PlainsCapital Preferred Stock were first issued.

 

(ee)         “ Percentage Change in QSBL ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(ii).

 

(ff)          “ Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company or trust.

 

5



 

(gg)         “ PlainsCapital Preferred Stock ” means the Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, of PlainsCapital.

 

(hh)         “ Preferred Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c).

 

(ii)           “ Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Issuer, including the Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(jj)           “ Previously Acquired Preferred Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the Definitive Agreement.

 

(kk)         “ Private Capital ” means, if the Issuer is Matching Private Investment Supported (as defined in the Definitive Agreement), the equity capital received by the Issuer or the applicable Affiliate of the Issuer from one or more non-governmental investors in accordance with Section 1.3(m) of the Definitive Agreement.

 

(ll)           “ Publicly-traded ” means a company that (i) has a class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange and (ii) is required to file periodic reports with either the Securities and Exchange Commission or its primary federal bank regulator.

 

(mm)      “ Qualified Small Business Lending ” or “ QSBL ” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the “Quarter-End Adjusted Qualified Small Business Lending” for such Dividend Period set forth in the applicable Supplemental Report.

 

(nn)         “ Qualifying Portion Percentage ” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Increase in QSBL for such Dividend Period by (ii) the aggregate Liquidation Amount of then-outstanding Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(oo)         “ Savings and Loan Holding Company ” means a company registered as such with the Office of Thrift Supervision pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1467a(b) and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision promulgated thereunder.

 

(pp)         “ Share Dilution Amount ” means the increase in the number of diluted shares outstanding (determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, and as measured from the date of the Issuer’s most recent consolidated financial statements prior to the Merger Closing Date resulting from the grant, vesting or exercise of equity-based compensation to employees and equitably adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction.

 

(qq)         “ Signing Date Tier 1 Capital Amount ” means $390,780,000.

 

(rr)           “ Standard Provisions ” mean these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Articles Supplementary relating to the Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(ss)          “ Supplemental Report ” means a Supplemental Report delivered by (A) PlainsCapital, if the ending date of the period covered by the Supplemental Report is on or before the Merger Closing Date, and (B) the Issuer, if the ending date of the period covered by

 

6



 

the Supplemental Report is after the Merger Closing Date, in each case to Treasury pursuant to the Definitive Agreement.

 

(tt)           “ Tier 1 Dividend Threshold ” means, as of any particular date, the result of the following formula:

 

(( A + B – C ) * 0.9 ) – D
where:

 

A  =         Signing Date Tier 1 Capital Amount;

 

B  =                           the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Designated Preferred Stock issued to Treasury;

 

C  =                           the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs; and

 

D  =                           (i) beginning on the first day of the sixth (6th) Dividend Period, the amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Designated Preferred Stock issued to Treasury as of the Merger Closing Date (without regard to any redemptions of Designated Preferred Stock that may have occurred thereafter) for every one percent (1%) of positive Percentage Change in Qualified Small Business Lending between the fourth (4th) Dividend Period and the Baseline; and

 

(ii) zero (0) at all other times.

 

(uu)         “ Voting Parity Stock ” means, with regard to any matter as to which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Section 7(d) of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Articles Supplementary, any and all series of Parity Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.

 

Section 3.  Dividends .

 

(a)           Rate .

 

(i)    The “ Applicable Dividend Rate ” shall be determined as follows:

 

(1)                                  With respect to each Dividend Period through the fifth (5th) Dividend Period, inclusive (in each case, the “ Current Period ”), the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be:

 

(A) (x) the applicable rate set forth in column “A” of the table in Section 3(a)(iii), based on the Percentage Change in QSBL between the Dividend Period that was two Dividend Periods prior to the Current Period ( provided , that for purposes of the Initial Dividend Period and the second (2 nd ) Dividend Period, the Dividend Period that was two Dividend Periods prior to the Current Period shall be deemed to refer to the applicable

 

7



 

Dividend Period with respect to the PlainsCapital Preferred Stock) (the “ Dividend Reference Period ”) and the Baseline, multiplied by (y) the Qualifying Portion Percentage; plus

 

(B) (x) five percent (5%) multiplied by (y) the Non-Qualifying Portion Percentage.

 

In each such case, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be determined at the time the Issuer delivers a complete and accurate Supplemental Report to Treasury with respect to the Dividend Reference Period.

 

(2)                                  With respect to the sixth (6th) through the thirteenth (13th) Dividend Periods, inclusive, and that portion of the fourteenth (14th) Dividend Period prior to, but not including, the four and one half (4 1 / 2 ) year anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be:

 

(A) (x) the applicable rate set forth in column “B” of the table in Section 3(a)(iii), based on the Percentage Change in QSBL between the fourth (4th) Dividend Period and the Baseline, multiplied by (y) the Qualifying Portion Percentage, calculated as of the last day of the fourth (4th) Dividend Period; plus

 

(B) (x) five percent (5%) multiplied by (y) the Non-Qualifying Portion Percentage, calculated as of the last day of the fourth (4th) Dividend Period.

 

In such case, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be determined at the time the Issuer delivers a complete and accurate Supplemental Report to Treasury with respect to the fourth (4th) Dividend Period.

 

(3)                                  With respect to (A) that portion of the fourteenth (14th) Dividend Period beginning on the four and one-half (4 1 / 2 ) year anniversary of the Original Issue Date and (B) all Dividend Periods thereafter, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be nine percent (9%).

 

(4)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Issuer fails to submit a Supplemental Report that is due during any of the Dividend Periods through the fifth (5th) Dividend Period on or before the sixtieth (60th) day of such Dividend Period, the Issuer’s QSBL for the Dividend Period that would have been covered by such Supplemental Report shall be zero (0) for purposes hereof.

 

(5)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, but subject to Section 3(a)(i)(4) above, if the Issuer fails to submit the Supplemental Report that is due during the fifth (5th) Dividend Period, the Issuer’s QSBL shall be zero (0) for purposes of

 

8



 

calculating the Applicable Dividend Rate pursuant to Section 3(a)(i)(2) and (3).  The Applicable Dividend Rate shall be re-determined effective as of the first day of the calendar quarter following the date such failure is remedied, provided it is remedied prior to the four and one half (4 1 / 2 ) year anniversary of the Original Issue Date.

 

(6)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Issuer fails to submit any of the certificates required by Sections 3.1(d)(ii) or 3.1(d)(iii) of the Definitive Agreement when and as required thereby, the Issuer’s QSBL shall be zero (0) for purposes of calculating the Applicable Dividend Rate pursuant to Section 3(a)(i)(2) or (3) above until such failure is remedied.

 

(ii)   The “ Percentage Change in Qualified Lending ” between any given Dividend Period and the Baseline shall be the result of the following formula, expressed as a percentage:

 

(

(QSBL for the Dividend Period – Baseline)

)

x 100

Baseline

 

(iii)  The following table shall be used for determining the Applicable Dividend Rate:

 

 

 

The Applicable Dividend Rate shall
be:

 

 

 

Column “A”

 

Column “B”

 

If the Percentage Change in 
Qualified Lending is:

 

(each of the
first 5
Dividend
Periods)

 

(6 th  – 13 th , and
the first part of
the 14
th
Dividend
Periods)

 

0% or less

 

5

%

7

%

More than 0%, but less than 2.5%

 

5

%

5

%

2.5% or more, but less than 5%

 

4

%

4

%

5% or more, but less than 7.5%

 

3

%

3

%

7.5% or more, but less than 10%

 

2

%

2

%

10% or more

 

1

%

1

%

 

(iv)  If the Issuer consummates a Business Combination, a purchase of loans or a purchase of participations in loans and the Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding thereafter, then the Baseline shall thereafter be the “Quarter-End Adjusted Small Business Lending Baseline” set forth on the Quarterly Supplemental Report (as defined in the Definitive Agreement).

 

9



 

(b)           Payment .  Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends with respect to each Dividend Period at a rate equal to one-fourth (1/4) of the Applicable Dividend Rate with respect to each Dividend Period on the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock, and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date.

 

In the event that any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the dividend payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement.  For avoidance of doubt, “payable quarterly in arrears” means that, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, dividends begin accruing on the first day of such Dividend Period and are payable on the first day of the next Dividend Period.

 

The amount of dividends payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of four 90-day quarters, and actual days elapsed over a 90-day quarter.

 

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Designated Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Issuer on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”).  Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

 

Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on Designated Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 3 (subject to the other provisions of the Articles Supplementary).

 

(c)           Non-Cumulative .  Dividends on shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative.  If the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors does not declare a dividend on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period:

 

(i)    the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive any dividend for such Dividend Period, and the Issuer shall have no obligation to pay a dividend for such Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock; and

 

(ii)   the Issuer shall, within five (5) calendar days, deliver to the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock a written notice executed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer stating the Board of Directors’ rationale for not declaring dividends.

 

10



 

(d)           Priority of Dividends; Restrictions on Dividends .

 

(i)    Subject to Sections 3(d)(ii), (iii) and (v) and any restrictions imposed by the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency or, if applicable, the Issuer’s state bank supervisor (as defined in Section 3(r) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1813(q)), so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Issuer may declare and pay dividends on the Common Stock, any other shares of Junior Stock, or Parity Stock, in each case only if (A) after giving effect to such dividend the Issuer’s Tier 1 capital would be at least equal to the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold, and (B) full dividends on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock for the most recently completed Dividend Period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid.

 

(ii)   If a dividend is not declared and paid in full on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period, then from the last day of such Dividend Period until the last day of the third (3rd) Dividend Period immediately following it, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock; provided , however , that in any such Dividend Period in which a dividend is declared and paid on the Designated Preferred Stock, dividends may be paid on Parity Stock to the extent necessary to avoid any material breach of a covenant by which the Issuer is bound.

 

(iii)  When dividends have not been declared and paid in full for an aggregate of four (4) Dividend Periods or more, and during such time the Issuer was not subject to a regulatory determination that prohibits the declaration and payment of dividends, the Issuer shall, within five (5) calendar days of each missed payment, deliver to the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock a certificate executed by at least a majority of the Board of Directors stating that the Board of Directors used its best efforts to declare and pay such dividends in a manner consistent with (A) safe and sound banking practices and (B) the directors’ duties under applicable law.

 

(iv)  Subject to the foregoing and Section 3(e) below and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

 

(v)   If the Issuer is not Publicly-Traded, then after September 27, 2021, so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock.

 

(e)           Special Lending Incentive Fee Related to CPP .  If the Issuer’s Supplemental Report with respect to the fourth (4th) Dividend Period reflects an amount of Qualified Small Business Lending that is less than or equal to the Baseline (or if the Issuer fails to timely file a

 

11



 

Supplemental Report with respect to the fourth (4th) Dividend Period), then beginning on January 1, 2014 and on all Dividend Payment Dates thereafter ending on April 1, 2016, the Issuer shall pay to the Holders of Designated Preferred Stock, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock, but only out of assets legally available therefor, a fee equal to 0.5% of the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock (“ CPP Lending Incentive Fee ”).  All references in Section 3(d) to “dividends” on the Designated Preferred Stock shall be deemed to include the CPP Lending Incentive Fee.

 

Section 4.  Liquidation Rights .

 

(a)           Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation .  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Issuer, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Designated Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Issuer, subject to the rights of any creditors of the Issuer, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Issuer ranking junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, payment in full in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends on each such share (such amounts collectively, the “ Liquidation Preference ”).

 

(b)           Partial Payment .  If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of such other stock shall share ratably in any such distribution in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.

 

(c)           Residual Distributions .  If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution has been paid in full, the holders of other stock of the Issuer shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Issuer (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

(d)           Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Is Not Liquidation .  For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Issuer with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

 

Section 5.  Redemption .

 

(a)           Optional Redemption .

 

(i)    Subject to the other provisions of this Section 5:

 

12



 

(1)                                  The Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding; and

 

(2)                                  If, after the PCC Signing Date, there is a change in law that modifies the terms of Treasury’s investment in the Designated Preferred Stock or the terms of Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund program in a materially adverse respect for the Issuer, the Issuer may, after consultation with the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, redeem all of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding.

 

(ii)   The per-share redemption price for shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be equal to the sum of:

 

(1)                                  the Liquidation Amount per share,

 

(2)                                  the per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the then current Dividend Period at the Applicable Dividend Rate to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared for that Dividend Period); and

 

(3)                                  the pro rata amount of CPP Lending Incentive Fees for the current Dividend Period.

 

The redemption price for any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Issuer or its agent.  Any declared but unpaid dividends for the then current Dividend Period payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.

 

(b)           No Sinking Fund .  The Designated Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions.  Holders of Designated Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(c)           Notice of Redemption .  Notice of every redemption of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Issuer.  Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption.  Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any

 

13



 

holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Designated Preferred Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility.  Each notice of redemption given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

 

(d)           Partial Redemption .  In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may determine to be fair and equitable, but in any event the shares to be redeemed shall not be less than the Minimum Amount.  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency.  If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

 

(e)           Effectiveness of Redemption .  If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Issuer, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest.  Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Issuer, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Issuer for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

 

(f)            Status of Redeemed Shares .  Shares of Designated Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock ( provided that any such cancelled shares of Designated Preferred Stock may be reissued only as shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than Designated Preferred Stock).

 

Section 6.  Conversion .  Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.

 

14



 

Section 7.  Voting Rights .

 

(a)           General .  The holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

 

(b)           Board Observation Rights .  Whenever, at any time or times, dividends on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid in full within five (5) Business Days after each Dividend Payment Date for an aggregate of five (5) Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the Issuer shall invite a representative selected by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors in connection with such meetings; provided , that the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall not be obligated to select such a representative, nor shall such representative, if selected, be obligated to attend any meeting to which he/she is invited.  The rights of the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock set forth in this Section 7(b) shall terminate when full dividends have been timely paid on the Designated Preferred Stock for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned.

 

(c)           Preferred Stock Directors .  Whenever, at any time or times, (i) dividends on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid in full within five (5) Business Days after each Dividend Payment Date for an aggregate of six (6) Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation preference of the then-outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock is greater than or equal to $25,000,000, the authorized number of directors of the Issuer shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to elect two directors (hereinafter the “ Preferred Directors ” and each a “ Preferred Director ”) to fill such newly created directorships at the Issuer’s next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if the next annual meeting is not yet scheduled or is scheduled to occur more than thirty days later, the President of the Company shall promptly call a special meeting for that purpose) and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until full dividends have been timely paid on the Designated Preferred Stock for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, at which time such right shall terminate with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned; provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any Preferred Director that the election of such Preferred Director shall not cause the Issuer to violate any corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Issuer may then be listed or traded that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors.  Upon any termination of the right of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to vote for directors as provided above, the Preferred Directors shall cease to be qualified as directors, the term of office of all Preferred Directors then in office shall terminate immediately and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by the number of Preferred Directors elected pursuant hereto.  Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and any vacancy created thereby may be filled, only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding voting separately as a class.  If the office of any Preferred Director

 

15



 

becomes vacant for any reason other than removal from office as aforesaid, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, may choose a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.

 

(d)           Class Voting Rights as to Particular Matters .  So long as any shares of Designated Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Charter, the written consent of (x) Treasury if Treasury holds any shares of Designated Preferred Stock, or (y) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, if Treasury does not hold any shares of Designated Preferred Stock, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

 

(i)    Authorization of Senior Stock .  Any amendment or alteration of the Articles Supplementary for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter to authorize or create or increase the authorized amount of, or any issuance of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Issuer ranking senior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer;

 

(ii)   Amendment of Designated Preferred Stock .  Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Articles Supplementary for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter (including, unless no vote on such merger or consolidation is required by Section 7(d)(iii) below, any amendment, alteration or repeal by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Designated Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)  Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations .  Subject to Section 7(d)(v) below, any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Designated Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Issuer with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Designated Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Issuer is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof that are the same as the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole; provided , that in all cases, the obligations of the Issuer are assumed (by operation of law or by express written assumption) by the resulting entity or its ultimate parent;

 

(iv)  Certain Asset Sales .  Any sale of all, substantially all, or any material portion of, the assets of the Company, if the Designated Preferred Stock will not be redeemed in full contemporaneously with the consummation of such sale; and

 

16



 

(v)   Holding Company Transactions .  Any consummation of a Holding Company Transaction, unless as a result of the Holding Company Transaction each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be converted into or exchanged for one share with an equal liquidation preference of preference securities of the Issuer or the Acquiror (the “ Holding Company Preferred Stock ”).  Any such Holding Company Preferred Stock shall entitle holders thereof to dividends from the date of issuance of such Holding Company Preferred Stock on terms that are equivalent to the terms set forth herein, and shall have such other rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof that are the same as the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such conversion or exchange, taken as a whole;

 

provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 7(d), any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including any increase in the authorized amount of Designated Preferred Stock necessary to satisfy preemptive or similar rights granted by the Issuer to other persons prior to the Merger Closing Date, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, whether pursuant to preemptive or similar rights or otherwise, of any other series of Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other series of Preferred Stock, ranking equally with and/or junior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers, and shall not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the holders of outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(e)           Changes after Provision for Redemption .  No vote or consent of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(d) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.

 

(f)            Procedures for Voting and Consents .  The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Charter, the Bylaws, and applicable law and the rules of any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which Designated Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time.

 

Section 8.  Restriction on Redemptions and Repurchases .

 

(a)           Subject to Sections 8(b) and (c), so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Issuer may repurchase or redeem any shares of Capital Stock (as defined below), in each case only if (i) after giving effect to such dividend, repurchase or

 

17



 

redemption, the Issuer’s Tier 1 capital would be at least equal to the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold and (ii) dividends on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock for the most recently completed Dividend Period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid (or have been declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for the benefit of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock on the applicable record date).

 

(b)           If a dividend is not declared and paid on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period, then from the last day of such Dividend Period until the last day of the third (3rd) Dividend Period immediately following it, neither the Issuer nor any Issuer Subsidiary shall, redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock, Junior Stock, Parity Stock or other capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of the Issuer or any Issuer Subsidiary, or any trust preferred securities issued by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer (“ Capital Stock ”), (other than (i) redemptions, purchases, repurchases or other acquisitions of the Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) repurchases of Junior Stock or Common Stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business (including purchases to offset any Share Dilution Amount pursuant to a publicly announced repurchase plan) and consistent with past practice; provided that any purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount shall in no event exceed the Share Dilution Amount, (iii) the acquisition by the Issuer or any of the Issuer Subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Issuer or any other Issuer Subsidiary), including as trustees or custodians, (iv) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock or trust preferred securities for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case set forth in this clause (iv), solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into, if by PlainsCapital and assumed by an Issuer Subsidiary at the Merger Closing Date, prior to the PCC Signing Date, or otherwise, prior to the Merger Closing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock, (v) redemptions of securities held by the Issuer or any wholly-owned Issuer Subsidiary or (vi) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of any Issuer Subsidiary required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered prior to, if such Issuer Subsidiary was a subsidiary of PlainsCapital immediately prior to the Merger Closing Date, December 19, 2008, or otherwise, the Merger Closing Date).

 

(c)           If the Issuer is not Publicly-Traded, then after September 27, 2021, so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no Common Stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall be, directly or indirectly, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries.

 

Section 9.  No Preemptive Rights .  No share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Issuer, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

 

Section 10.  References to Line Items of Supplemental Reports .  If Treasury modifies the form of Supplemental Report, pursuant to its rights under the Definitive Agreement, and any such modification includes a change to the caption or number of any line item on the

 

18



 

Supplemental Report, then any reference herein to such line item shall thereafter be a reference to such re-captioned or re-numbered line item.

 

Section 11.  Record Holders .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer and the transfer agent for Designated Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Designated Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

Section 12.  Notices .  All notices or communications in respect of Designated Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in these Articles Supplementary, in the Charter or Bylaws or by applicable law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.

 

Section 13.  Replacement Certificates .  The Issuer shall replace any mutilated certificate at the holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Issuer.  The Issuer shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the Issuer of reasonably satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be reasonably required by the Issuer.

 

Section 14.  Other Rights .  The shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Charter or as provided by applicable law.

 

19



 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

ARTICLES SUPPLEMENTARY

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland, that:

 

FIRST:  Under a power contained in Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), and in accordance with resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”), the Corporation elects, notwithstanding any provision in its charter or bylaws to the contrary, to be subject to Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, the repeal of which may be effected only by a resolution adopted by the Board.

 

SECOND:  The election to become subject to Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL has been approved by the Board in the manner and by the vote required by law.

 

THIRD:  The undersigned acknowledges these Articles Supplementary to be the corporate act of the Corporation and, as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles Supplementary to be executed under seal in its name and on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer and attested by its General Counsel and Secretary on this 29th day of November, 2012.

 

ATTEST:

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Corey G. Prestidge

 

By:

/s/ Jeremy B. Ford

 

(SEAL)

Corey G. Prestidge

 

Jeremy B. Ford

 

General Counsel and Secretary

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

2



 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland that:

 

FIRST :  The charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”) is hereby amended by deleting therefrom in their entirety the first two sentences of Section 6.1 of Article VI and inserting in lieu thereof two new sentences to read as follows:

 

“The Corporation has authority to issue 145,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 125,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), 10,000,000 shares of Special Voting Stock, $.01 par value per share (“Special Voting Stock”), and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).  The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $1,450,000.”

 

SECOND :  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to the foregoing amendment of the Charter was 120,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, 10,000,000 shares of Special Voting Stock, $.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share, of which 200,000 were classified as Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock and 114,068 were classified as Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.  The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value was $1,200,000.

 

THIRD :  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment of the Charter is 145,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 125,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, 10,000,000 shares of Special Voting Stock, $.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share, of which 200,000 are classified as Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock and 114,068 are classified as Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B.  The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $1,450,000.

 

FOURTH :  The information required by Section 2-607(b)(2)(i) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) is not changed by the foregoing amendment of the Charter.

 

FIFTH :  The foregoing amendment of the Charter was approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation as required by law and was limited to a change expressly authorized by Section 2-105(a)(13) of the MGCL without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH :  The undersigned acknowledges these Articles of Amendment to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters of facts required to be verified under oath,

 



 

the undersigned acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties of perjury.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed under seal in its name and on its behalf by its President and Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary on this 31st day of March, 2014.

 

ATTEST:

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Corey G. Prestidge

 

By:

/s/ Jeremy B. Ford

(SEAL)

Name:

Corey G. Prestidge

 

 

Name:

Jeremy B. Ford

Title:

Secretary

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

I, Jeremy B. Ford, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Hilltop Holdings Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)        Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)        Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial  reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)         Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)        Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: July 30, 2014

By:

/s/ Jeremy B. Ford

 

 

Jeremy B. Ford

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

I, Darren Parmenter, certify that:

 

1.     I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Hilltop Holdings Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)        Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)        Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial  reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)         Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)        Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: July 30, 2014

By:

/s/ Darren Parmenter

 

 

Darren Parmenter

 

 

Executive Vice President — Principal Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2014 (the “Report”) of Hilltop Holdings Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby certify in their capacities as President and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive Vice President — Principal Financial Officer, respectively, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to their knowledge:

 

(1)                                  the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)                                  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in the Report.

 

 

Date: July 30, 2014

By:

/s/ Jeremy B. Ford

 

 

Jeremy B. Ford

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: July 30, 2014

By:

/s/ Darren Parmenter

 

 

Darren Parmenter

 

 

Executive Vice President — Principal Financial Officer

 

The foregoing certification is furnished as an exhibit to the Report and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.